[go: up one dir, main page]

TWI412843B - Optical compensation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display - Google Patents

Optical compensation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI412843B
TWI412843B TW095108890A TW95108890A TWI412843B TW I412843 B TWI412843 B TW I412843B TW 095108890 A TW095108890 A TW 095108890A TW 95108890 A TW95108890 A TW 95108890A TW I412843 B TWI412843 B TW I412843B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
liquid crystal
group
film
rth
compound
Prior art date
Application number
TW095108890A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW200702845A (en
Inventor
Junichi Hirakata
Yukito Saitoh
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2005076366A external-priority patent/JP2006259210A/en
Priority claimed from JP2005083150A external-priority patent/JP4647358B2/en
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW200702845A publication Critical patent/TW200702845A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI412843B publication Critical patent/TWI412843B/en

Links

Classifications

    • EFIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E02HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING; FOUNDATIONS; SOIL SHIFTING
    • E02DFOUNDATIONS; EXCAVATIONS; EMBANKMENTS; UNDERGROUND OR UNDERWATER STRUCTURES
    • E02D15/00Handling building or like materials for hydraulic engineering or foundations
    • E02D15/10Placing gravel or light material under water inasmuch as not provided for elsewhere
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B63SHIPS OR OTHER WATERBORNE VESSELS; RELATED EQUIPMENT
    • B63BSHIPS OR OTHER WATERBORNE VESSELS; EQUIPMENT FOR SHIPPING 
    • B63B35/00Vessels or similar floating structures specially adapted for specific purposes and not otherwise provided for
    • B63B35/28Barges or lighters
    • B63B35/30Barges or lighters self-discharging
    • B63B35/305Barges or lighters self-discharging discharging by mechanical means
    • EFIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E02HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING; FOUNDATIONS; SOIL SHIFTING
    • E02DFOUNDATIONS; EXCAVATIONS; EMBANKMENTS; UNDERGROUND OR UNDERWATER STRUCTURES
    • E02D2250/00Production methods
    • E02D2250/0061Production methods for working underwater
    • EFIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E02HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING; FOUNDATIONS; SOIL SHIFTING
    • E02DFOUNDATIONS; EXCAVATIONS; EMBANKMENTS; UNDERGROUND OR UNDERWATER STRUCTURES
    • E02D2600/00Miscellaneous
    • E02D2600/10Miscellaneous comprising sensor means

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)
  • Combustion & Propulsion (AREA)
  • Ocean & Marine Engineering (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Mining & Mineral Resources (AREA)
  • Paleontology (AREA)
  • Civil Engineering (AREA)
  • Transportation (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)

Description

光學補償膜、偏光板及液晶顯示裝置Optical compensation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device

本發明係關於具有含圓盤狀化合物之光學異方向性層的偏光板及液晶顯示裝置。又,本發明係關於具有含圓盤狀化合物之光學異方向性層的光學補償薄膜及使用它之液晶顯示裝置。The present invention relates to a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device having an optically anisotropic layer containing a discotic compound. Further, the present invention relates to an optical compensation film having an optically anisotropic layer containing a discotic compound and a liquid crystal display device using the same.

液晶顯示裝置係一般由液晶胞、偏光元件及光學補償薄膜(遲滯值板)所構成。穿透型液晶顯示裝置中,一般係將二片偏光元件配置於液晶胞的兩側,把一片或二片的光學補償薄膜配置於液晶胞與偏光元件之間。反射型液晶顯示裝置中,一般係依序配置有反射板、液晶胞、一片的光學補償薄膜、然後一片的偏光元件。液晶胞係由棒狀液晶性分子、用於將其封入之二片基板及用於對棒狀液晶性分子施加電壓之電極層所構成。液晶胞係根據棒狀液晶性分子配向狀態的不同,已提案有穿透型為TN(Twisted Nematic,扭曲向列)、IPS(In-Plane Switching,面內切換)、FLC(Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal,鐵電液晶)、OCB(Optically Compensatory Bend,光學補償彎曲)、STN(Supper Twisted Nematic,超扭曲向列)、VA(Vertically Aligned,垂直配向)、ECB(Electrically Controlled Birefringence,電子控制雙折射),反射型為TN、HAN(Hybrid Aligned Nematic,混雜配向向列)、GH(Guest-Host,賓主型)般各式各樣的顯示模式。The liquid crystal display device is generally composed of a liquid crystal cell, a polarizing element, and an optical compensation film (hysteresis value plate). In a transmissive liquid crystal display device, two polarizing elements are generally disposed on both sides of a liquid crystal cell, and one or two optical compensation films are disposed between the liquid crystal cell and the polarizing element. In a reflective liquid crystal display device, a reflector, a liquid crystal cell, a piece of optical compensation film, and then one polarizing element are generally disposed. The liquid crystal cell is composed of a rod-like liquid crystal molecule, two substrates for encapsulating it, and an electrode layer for applying a voltage to the rod-like liquid crystal molecules. The liquid crystal cell system has been proposed to have a penetrating type of TN (Twisted Nematic), IPS (In-Plane Switching), FLC (Ferroelectric Liquid Crystal, iron) depending on the alignment state of the rod-like liquid crystalline molecules. Electro-liquid crystal), OCB (Optically Compensatory Bend), STN (Supper Twisted Nematic), VA (Vertically Aligned), ECB (Electrically Controlled Birefringence), reflective type It is a variety of display modes like TN, HAN (Hybrid Aligned Nematic), and GH (Guest-Host).

為了解除畫像著色或擴大視野角,光學補償薄膜係被使用於各式各樣的液晶顯示裝置。光學補償薄膜係自以往即使用延伸雙折射聚合物薄膜。又,取代由延伸雙折射薄膜所構成之光學補償膜薄膜,係提案有在透明支持體上,使用具有由低分子或是高分子液晶性化合物所形成之光學異方向性層的光學補償薄膜。因為液晶性化合物中有各式各樣配向形態,藉由使用液晶性化合物,可實現以往的延伸雙折射聚合物薄膜所無法得到的光學性質。再者,藉由在偏光板的保護膜上附加雙折射性,而兼具保護膜與光學補償薄膜之構成亦被提案。In order to release the image or to enlarge the viewing angle, the optical compensation film is used in a wide variety of liquid crystal display devices. The optical compensation film has been an extended birefringent polymer film since the past. Further, in place of the optical compensation film film composed of the extended birefringent film, it is proposed to use an optical compensation film having an optically anisotropic layer formed of a low molecular or high molecular liquid crystalline compound on a transparent support. Since the liquid crystal compound has various kinds of alignment forms, the liquid crystal compound can be used to realize optical properties which cannot be obtained by the conventional extended birefringence polymer film. Further, a configuration in which a protective film and an optical compensation film are combined by adding a birefringence to a protective film of a polarizing plate is also proposed.

LCD之中,尤以關於高顯示品位為必要用途,係主要使用利用具有正的介電率異方向性之向列液晶分子,藉由薄膜電晶體驅動扭轉90度之向列型液晶顯示裝置(以下,稱為TN模式)。作為擴大TN模式液晶層液晶顯示晶胞視野角之光學補償薄膜,使圓盤狀化合物固定成混雜配向之狀態下所製作的光學補償薄膜係為實用化(例如,專利第2587398號公報)。該方法中,棒狀液晶所構成之向列液晶胞因為藉由圓盤狀化合物而進行補償,所以對於來自斜向之入射光亦可補償,可特別擴大顯示視野角。該情形下,相對於棒狀分子經扭曲向列配向之TN液晶胞,將由圓盤狀化合物所構成之補償薄膜配置於二片、顯示面側及配置背光之背面側。使一般所使用的正規化模式之TN液晶顯示裝置,藉由施加電壓、有效果地補償黑顯示,減少上下左右方向的黑穿透率、擴大視野角般,來進行設計圓盤狀化合物配向之方位角方向。Among the LCDs, in particular, high-display grades are essential applications, and nematic liquid crystal molecules having a positive dielectric anisotropy are mainly used, and a nematic liquid crystal display device that is rotated by 90 degrees by a thin film transistor is used. Hereinafter, it is called TN mode). As an optical compensation film which expands the TN mode liquid crystal layer liquid crystal display cell viewing angle, the optical compensation film produced by fixing the disk-shaped compound in a mixed alignment is practical (for example, Patent No. 2587398). In this method, since the nematic liquid crystal cells composed of the rod-like liquid crystal are compensated by the disk-shaped compound, the incident light from the oblique direction can be compensated, and the viewing angle can be particularly enlarged. In this case, the compensation film composed of the disk-shaped compound is disposed on the two sides, the display surface side, and the back side of the backlight, with respect to the TN liquid crystal cells in which the rod-shaped molecules are aligned in the twisted alignment. Designing a disc-shaped compound alignment by applying a voltage, effectively compensating the black display, reducing the black transmittance in the up, down, left, and right directions, and expanding the viewing angle by applying a voltage. Azimuth direction.

液晶顯示裝置的液晶層的配向狀態係經由圓盤狀化合物進行光學補償,可達成視野角的擴大。然而,該補償方法中,係使可維持TN液晶顯示裝置高對比之視野角區域(對比視野角)擴大,且無法完全解決偏光板的視野角補償。The alignment state of the liquid crystal layer of the liquid crystal display device is optically compensated by a disk-shaped compound, and the viewing angle can be increased. However, in this compensation method, the viewing angle region (contrast viewing angle) at which the high contrast of the TN liquid crystal display device can be maintained is expanded, and the viewing angle compensation of the polarizing plate cannot be completely solved.

液晶顯示裝置中係將一對偏光板配置於液晶層的上下,形成正交該吸收軸般的角度。藉此顯示裝置正面的穿透率變黑,可得到高對比的畫像。然而該狀態下從斜向觀察顯示裝置時,看到上下的偏光板吸收軸之交叉角上係形成比90°大的角度、產生光漏且降低對比。即,TN模式雖然從正面觀察之情形中具有優異的顯示特性,但是從斜向方向觀察時對比低下,又在階調顯示下引起逆轉亮度之階調反轉等,具有所謂顯示特性變差的視野角特性,而強烈要求其改良。特別是,關於對比的市場要求係為強烈,特別強烈要求上下左右之視角對比係為進一層的改善。In the liquid crystal display device, a pair of polarizing plates are disposed above and below the liquid crystal layer to form an angle orthogonal to the absorption axis. Thereby, the transmittance of the front surface of the display device becomes black, and a high contrast image can be obtained. However, when the display device is viewed obliquely in this state, it is seen that the angles of the absorption axes of the upper and lower polarizing plates are formed at an angle larger than 90°, and light leakage is generated and the contrast is lowered. That is, although the TN mode has excellent display characteristics in the case of viewing from the front, the contrast is lowered when viewed from the oblique direction, and the inversion of the reversed brightness is caused by the tone display, etc., which has a so-called display characteristic deterioration. The viewing angle characteristics are strongly required to be improved. In particular, the market requirements for comparison are strong, and it is particularly strongly required that the contrast between the upper and lower viewing angles is an improvement.

達成更廣的視野角,係必須補償偏光板的視野角,例如,專利第3526830號公報中係揭示視野角經補償的偏光板。To achieve a wider viewing angle, it is necessary to compensate for the viewing angle of the polarizing plate. For example, Patent No. 3526830 discloses a polarizing plate with a viewing angle compensated.

然而,上述專利第3526830號公報所示之方法中,因為光學補償薄膜係必須為2片之故,所以產生了因顯示裝置的厚度增加、或貼合時的交叉角誤差所致的光漏、以及因經時變化所致的顯示裝置翹曲的問題。However, in the method shown in the above-mentioned Japanese Patent No. 3526830, since the optical compensation film must be two sheets, light leakage due to an increase in thickness of the display device or a crossing angle error at the time of bonding occurs, And the problem of warpage of the display device due to changes over time.

亦已提案有控制光學補償薄膜的波長分散,藉以改善視角特性之方法(例如,特開2003-202572號公報)。然而,如該方法所述光控制以往所知的波長分散之光學參數的話,係難以得到良好的視角特性。A method of controlling the wavelength dispersion of the optical compensation film to improve the viewing angle characteristics has been proposed (for example, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2003-202572). However, if the light described in the method controls optical parameters of wavelength dispersion known in the prior art, it is difficult to obtain good viewing angle characteristics.

本發明的第1課題係工業上實現進一步擴大TN液晶模式之液晶顯示裝置的對比視野角,且改善該液晶顯示裝置的顯示性能的可靠性。即,對比提供一種視野角改善的液晶顯示裝置、特別是TN模式液晶顯示裝置,及提供賦予改善液晶顯示裝置之對比視野角的偏光板。The first object of the present invention is to industrially realize a comparative viewing angle of a liquid crystal display device in which the TN liquid crystal mode is further expanded, and to improve the reliability of display performance of the liquid crystal display device. That is, the comparison provides a liquid crystal display device with improved viewing angle, particularly a TN mode liquid crystal display device, and a polarizing plate that provides a contrast viewing angle for improving the liquid crystal display device.

又本發明的第2課題係提供一種能正確地光學補償液晶胞、具有高視角對比之液晶顯示裝置、特別是TN模式的液晶顯示裝置。又,提供一種在對液晶胞、特別是TN模式的液晶胞進行光學補償,改善視角對比及黑顯示時的可見光波長區域中,有助於減輕黑亮度搖晃之光學補償薄膜。Further, a second object of the present invention is to provide a liquid crystal display device which can accurately compensate a liquid crystal cell and has a high viewing angle contrast, in particular, a TN mode liquid crystal display device. Further, there is provided an optical compensation film which contributes to a reduction in black luminance shake in an optical wavelength region in which a liquid crystal cell, particularly a TN mode liquid crystal cell, is optically compensated to improve viewing angle contrast and black display.

上述第1課題係可藉由下述[1]~[6]、又上述第2課題係可藉由下述[7]~[11]而解決。The first problem described above can be solved by the following [1] to [6], and the second subject can be solved by the following [7] to [11].

[1]一種液晶顯示裝置,其係具有:在至少一者含有電極且成對向配置的一對基板、設置於該基板間之液晶層、配置於該液晶層外側之第一偏光板的液晶顯示裝置,該液晶層的厚度d(μm)與折射率異方向性△n的積△n.d為0.2~1.2μm,該液晶層的配向狀態係經由施加至少2值以上的電場而變化,且在電場施加時與電場無施加時,對於該液晶層的該基板面之平均配向傾角係為不同,該第一偏光板係具有:偏光膜,挾持該偏光膜而配置的一對保護膜,含有位置接近於該保護膜外側之該液晶層側、固定成混雜配向狀態之圓盤狀化合物的光學異方向性層,該一對保護膜之中至少一者為滿足下述式(I)之液晶顯示裝置,(I)25+Re(633)≦Rth≦250-Re(633)[1] A liquid crystal display device comprising: a pair of substrates including at least one electrode and arranged in a pair, a liquid crystal layer provided between the substrates, and a liquid crystal disposed on a first polarizing plate outside the liquid crystal layer The display device, the thickness d (μm) of the liquid crystal layer and the product of the refractive index anisotropy Δn Δn. d is 0.2 to 1.2 μm, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal layer is changed by applying an electric field of at least two or more values, and when no application is applied to the electric field when an electric field is applied, the average alignment angle of the substrate surface of the liquid crystal layer is The first polarizing plate has a polarizing film, and a pair of protective films disposed to hold the polarizing film, and a disk-shaped compound having a position close to the liquid crystal layer on the outer side of the protective film and fixed in a misaligned state. The optically anisotropic layer, at least one of the pair of protective films is a liquid crystal display device satisfying the following formula (I), (I) 25+Re (633) ≦ Rth ≦ 250-Re (633)

[式中,Re(λ)為波長λnm中正面遲滯值(單位:nm)、Rth(λ)為波長λnm中膜厚方向的遲滯值(單位:nm),又d為膜的厚度]。[In the formula, Re(λ) is a front side hysteresis value (unit: nm) in the wavelength λ nm, Rth (λ) is a hysteresis value (unit: nm) in the film thickness direction in the wavelength λ nm, and d is the thickness of the film].

[2]如[1]之液晶顯示裝置,其中該保護膜的至少一面係滿足下述式(II),(II)5≦|Re(633)|。[2] The liquid crystal display device of [1], wherein at least one side of the protective film satisfies the following formula (II), (II) 5 ≦ | Re (633)|.

[3]如[1]或[2]之液晶顯示裝置,其中該液晶層的△nd與該保護膜至少一面的Re及Rth,在波長400~700nm中係滿足下述式(III)及(IV),(III)Rth≦△nd/2 (IV)Re≦△nd/2。[3] The liquid crystal display device of [1] or [2], wherein Δnd of the liquid crystal layer and Re and Rth of at least one side of the protective film satisfy the following formula (III) and (at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm) IV), (III) Rth ≦ nd nd / 2 (IV) Re ≦ nd nd / 2.

[4]如[1]~[3]中任一項之液晶顯示裝置,其中接近該液晶層之保護膜遲相軸與該偏光膜吸收軸係成交叉。[4] The liquid crystal display device according to any one of [1] to [3] wherein a retardation axis of the protective film close to the liquid crystal layer is crossed with the absorption axis of the polarizing film.

[5]一種偏光板,其係具有:偏光膜,挾持該偏光膜而配置的一對保護膜,含有配置於該保護膜的外側、且固定成混雜配向狀態之圓盤狀化合物的光學異方向性層,該一對保護膜之中至少一者係滿足下述式(I),(I)25+Re(633)≦Rth≦250-Re(633)[5] A polarizing plate comprising: a polarizing film; a pair of protective films disposed to hold the polarizing film; and an optically different direction of a disk-shaped compound disposed outside the protective film and fixed in a misaligned state The at least one of the pair of protective films satisfies the following formula (I), (I) 25 + Re (633) ≦ Rth ≦ 250 - Re (633)

[式中,Re(λ)為波長λnm中正面遲滯值(單位:nm)、Rth(λ)為波長λnm中膜厚方向的遲滯值(單位:nm),又d為膜的厚度]。[In the formula, Re(λ) is a front side hysteresis value (unit: nm) in the wavelength λ nm, Rth (λ) is a hysteresis value (unit: nm) in the film thickness direction in the wavelength λ nm, and d is the thickness of the film].

[6]如[5]之偏光板,其中該偏光膜與該一對保護膜係以捲進捲出來貼合而成。[6] The polarizing plate according to [5], wherein the polarizing film and the pair of protective films are formed by being wound up and wound up.

[7]一種光學補償薄膜,其係至少含有透明薄膜及在面內具有光學異方向性的光學異方向性層之光學補償薄膜,其中該透明薄膜的面內遲滯值為Re、厚度方向的遲滯值為Rth之情形中,在波長450nm中Re與Rth之比Re/Rth(450nm)係為在波長550nm中Re/Rth(550nm)的0.39~0.95倍,在波長650nm中Re/Rth(650nm)係為Re/Rth(550nm)的1.04~2.20倍,且波長550nm中Rth為70nm~400nm,該光學異方向性層係由含有液晶性化合物之組成物所形成,該光學異方向性層中,該液晶性化合物的分子係固定成配向狀態,且液晶性化合物之分子對稱軸的、至少該透明薄膜側界面中的配向平均方向,在該透明薄膜面內為正投影之方向時,與該透明薄膜的面內遲相軸之交叉角為大略0度或大略90度。[7] An optical compensation film comprising an optical compensation film having at least a transparent film and an optically anisotropic layer having optical anisotropy in a plane, wherein the in-plane hysteresis value of the transparent film is Re, and a retardation in a thickness direction In the case of the value of Rth, the ratio of Re to Rth at a wavelength of 450 nm, Re/Rth (450 nm), is 0.39 to 0.95 times Re/Rth (550 nm) at a wavelength of 550 nm, and Re/Rth (650 nm) at a wavelength of 650 nm. It is 1.04 to 2.20 times of Re/Rth (550 nm), and Rth is 70 nm to 400 nm at a wavelength of 550 nm, and the optical anisotropic layer is formed of a composition containing a liquid crystal compound in which the optically isotropic layer is formed. The molecular system of the liquid crystal compound is fixed in an aligned state, and at least the alignment average direction in the interface of the transparent film side of the molecular symmetry axis of the liquid crystal compound is in the direction of the orthographic projection in the plane of the transparent film, and the transparent The intersection angle of the in-plane retardation axis of the film is approximately 0 degrees or approximately 90 degrees.

[8]如[7]之光學補償薄膜,其中該液晶性化合物為圓盤狀液晶性化合物。[8] The optical compensation film according to [7], wherein the liquid crystalline compound is a discotic liquid crystalline compound.

[9]一種液晶顯示裝置,其特徵係包括:液晶胞,其具有:至少一者具有電極、成對向配置之一對基板,挾持於該一對基板間、含有向列液晶材料、在非驅動時該向列液晶材料的液晶分子相對於該一對基板的表面係成略平行配向、厚度d(微米)與折射率異方向性△n的積△n.d為0.1~1.5微米之液晶層;挾持該液晶胞所配置的第一及第二偏光膜;及在該第一及第二偏光膜的至少一面與該液晶胞之間具有透明薄膜,該透明薄膜的面內遲滯值為Re、厚度方向的遲滯值為Rth之情形中,在波長450nm中Re與Rth之比Re/Rth(450nm)係為在波長550nm中Re/Rth(550nm)的0.39~0.95倍,在波長650nm中Re/Rth(650nm)係為Re/Rth(550nm)的1.04~2.20倍,且在該透明薄膜的波長550nm中Rth為70nm~400nm,在該透明薄膜與該液晶胞之間具有至少1層的光學異方向性層,該光學異方向性層係由含有液晶性化合物之組成物所形成,該光學異方向性層中,該液晶性化合物的分子係固定成配向狀態,且液晶性化合物之分子對稱軸的、至少該透明薄膜側界面中的配向平均方向,在該透明薄膜面內為正投影之方向時,與該透明薄膜的面內遲相軸之交叉角為大略0度或大略90度。[9] A liquid crystal display device, comprising: a liquid crystal cell having at least one electrode and a pair of substrates arranged in opposite directions, sandwiched between the pair of substrates, containing nematic liquid crystal material, The liquid crystal molecules of the nematic liquid crystal material are driven to have a product of a slightly parallel alignment, a thickness d (micrometer) and a refractive index anisotropy Δn relative to the surface of the pair of substrates. d is a liquid crystal layer of 0.1 to 1.5 μm; holding the first and second polarizing films disposed on the liquid crystal cell; and having a transparent film between at least one side of the first and second polarizing films and the liquid crystal cell, the transparent In the case where the in-plane hysteresis value of the film is Re and the hysteresis value in the thickness direction is Rth, the ratio of Re to Rth (450 nm) at a wavelength of 450 nm is 0.39 of Re/Rth (550 nm) at a wavelength of 550 nm. 0.95 times, Re/Rth (650 nm) is 1.04 to 2.20 times of Re/Rth (550 nm) at a wavelength of 650 nm, and Rth is 70 nm to 400 nm at a wavelength of 550 nm of the transparent film, in the transparent film and the liquid crystal cell. Between the optically anisotropic layer having at least one layer formed of a composition containing a liquid crystal compound in which the molecular system of the liquid crystalline compound is fixed to an alignment state And an orientation average direction of at least the transparent film side interface of the molecular symmetry axis of the liquid crystal compound, and an intersection angle with the in-plane slow axis of the transparent film when the transparent film surface is in the direction of the orthographic projection It is roughly 0 degrees or roughly 90 degrees.

[10]如[9]之液晶顯示裝置,其中該液晶性化合物為圓盤狀液晶性化合物。[10] The liquid crystal display device of [9], wherein the liquid crystalline compound is a discotic liquid crystalline compound.

[11]如[9]或[10]之液晶顯示裝置,其中該液晶胞為TN模式的液晶胞。[11] The liquid crystal display device of [9] or [10], wherein the liquid crystal cell is a liquid crystal cell of a TN mode.

此外,本說明書中,Re(λ)、Rth(λ)為各自表示在波長λ中的面內遲滯值及厚度方向的遲滯值。Re(λ)係在KOBRA21ADH(王子計測機器(股)製)中,入射薄膜法線方向之波長λnm的光而測定。Rth(λ)係上述Re(λ)、面內遲相軸(能藉由KOBRA 21ADH來判斷)相對於作為傾斜軸(回轉軸)之薄膜法線方向,從+40°傾斜的方向入射波長λnm的光而測定之遲滯值,及面內遲相軸相對於作為傾斜軸(回轉軸)之薄膜法線方向,從-40°傾斜的方向入射波長λnm的光而測定之遲滯值,基於以合計3個方向所測定之遲滯值與平均折射率的設定值及輸入的膜厚值,用KOBRA 21ADH來算出。此處平均折射率的設定值可使用聚合物手冊(JOHNWILEY&SONS、INC)、各種光學薄膜的目錄值。平均折射率之值若為以往所不知者的話,可用阿貝折射計來進行測定。主要光學薄膜的平均折射率之值係如以下所例示:醯化纖維素(1.48)、環烯烴聚合物(1.52)、聚碳酸酯(1.59)、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯(1.49)、聚苯乙烯(1.59)。Further, in the present specification, Re(λ) and Rth(λ) are hysteresis values indicating the in-plane hysteresis value and the thickness direction in the wavelength λ, respectively. Re(λ) was measured by light incident on the wavelength of λ nm in the normal direction of the film in KOBRA 21ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.). Rth(λ) is the above-mentioned Re(λ), the in-plane retardation axis (which can be judged by KOBRA 21ADH), and the incident wavelength λnm from the +40° oblique direction with respect to the film normal direction as the tilt axis (rotation axis). The hysteresis value measured by light, and the hysteresis value measured by the incident light of the wavelength λnm from the direction inclined by -40° with respect to the normal direction of the film as the tilt axis (rotation axis), based on the total of 3 The set value of the hysteresis value and the average refractive index measured in each direction and the input film thickness value were calculated by KOBRA 21ADH. Here, the average refractive index can be set using the polymer handbook (JOHNWILEY & SONS, INC), and the catalogue values of various optical films. If the value of the average refractive index is not known in the past, it can be measured by an Abbe refractometer. The values of the average refractive index of the main optical film are as follows: deuterated cellulose (1.48), cycloolefin polymer (1.52), polycarbonate (1.59), polymethyl methacrylate (1.49), polyphenylene. Ethylene (1.59).

藉由輸入彼等平均折射率的設定值與膜厚,KOBRA21ADH係算出nx、ny、nz。由該算出之nx、ny、nz,進一步算出Nz=(nx-nz)/(nx-ny)。KOBRA21ADH calculates nx, ny, and nz by inputting the set values of the average refractive indices and the film thickness. From the calculated nx, ny, and nz, Nz = (nx - nz) / (nx - ny) is further calculated.

又,本說明書中,「遲相軸」係意味著折射率為最大的方向。又,本說明書中的「偏光板」若沒有特別地限制的話,係意味著能使用包含長條狀的偏光板及裁剪成能組裝至液晶裝置的大小之偏光板兩者。又,本說明書中,「偏光膜」及「偏光板」係用來區別而使用,「偏光板」係意味著在「偏光膜」的至少單面上,具有保護該偏光膜之透明保護膜的積層體者。In the present specification, the "late phase axis" means a direction in which the refractive index is the largest. In addition, the "polarizing plate" in the present specification means that both a polarizing plate including a long strip shape and a polarizing plate of a size that can be assembled to a liquid crystal device can be used unless otherwise specified. In the present specification, the "polarizing film" and the "polarizing plate" are used for the difference, and the "polarizing plate" means that the transparent protective film for protecting the polarizing film is provided on at least one surface of the "polarizing film". Laminar body.

又,本說明書中,「45°」、「平行」或者「正交」係意味著低於嚴密角度±5°的範圍內。與嚴密角度的誤差係低於4°為佳、低於3°為較佳。又,關於角度係「+」意味著順時鐘方向,「-」係意味著逆時鐘方向。In the present specification, "45°", "parallel" or "orthogonal" means a range of less than ±5° from a strict angle. The error with the tight angle is preferably less than 4° and preferably less than 3°. Further, the angle "+" means the clockwise direction, and the "-" means the counterclockwise direction.

又,「可見光區域」係所謂380nm~780nm。再者,折射率的測定波長係沒有特別記述限制的話,在可見光區域的λ=550nm之值。Further, the "visible light region" is 380 nm to 780 nm. In addition, the measurement wavelength of the refractive index is a value of λ = 550 nm in the visible light region unless otherwise specified.

又,本說明書中的「分子對稱軸」,係分子具有回轉對稱軸之情形下所謂的該對稱軸,且在比較嚴格的意思中,不必要求分子為回轉對稱性。一般的話,分子對稱軸在圓盤狀液晶性化合物中,係係面對貫穿圓盤面中心之圓盤面、與垂直軸一致,又棒狀液晶性化合物的話係與分子的長軸一致。Further, the "molecular symmetry axis" in the present specification is a so-called symmetry axis in the case where the molecule has a rotational symmetry axis, and in a stricter sense, it is not necessary to require the molecule to have rotational symmetry. In general, in the discotic liquid crystal compound, the molecular symmetry axis is such that the system faces the disk surface passing through the center of the disk surface and conforms to the vertical axis, and the rod-like liquid crystal compound conforms to the long axis of the molecule.

關於本發明第1態樣之偏光板,具有包含固定成混雜配向狀態的圓盤狀化合物之光學異方向性層的同時,保護膜係滿足規定的光學特性。該偏光板係有助於擴大液晶顯示裝置的對比視野角。又,藉由擴大對比視野角,亦可改善階調反轉等的其他視野角特性。再者,藉由對偏光板保護膜賦予光學補償薄膜的機能,可改善貼合時的對比低下、裝置厚度的低減、經時變化時顯示裝置的翹曲或不均的降低。The polarizing plate according to the first aspect of the present invention has an optically anisotropic layer containing a disk-shaped compound fixed in a misaligned state, and the protective film satisfies predetermined optical characteristics. The polarizing plate helps to expand the contrast viewing angle of the liquid crystal display device. Further, by expanding the contrast viewing angle, it is possible to improve other viewing angle characteristics such as tone inversion. Further, by imparting the function of the optical compensation film to the polarizing plate protective film, the contrast at the time of bonding can be improved, the thickness of the device can be reduced, and the warpage or unevenness of the display device can be lowered with time.

又,關於本發明第2態樣之光學補償薄膜,係經由適當選擇原料或製造方法等,具有獨立控制面內遲滯值與厚度方向遲滯值的波長分散,為光學上最適合數值之透明薄膜。藉由使用該光學補償薄膜,液晶胞、特別是TN模式液晶胞係在大致上全部的波長中可形成黑狀態的視角補償。其結果,具有該光學補償薄膜之液晶顯示裝置,黑顯示時斜向方向的光漏係為減輕,視野角對比係為顯著地改善。又,該液晶顯示裝置係由於在大致上全部的可見光波長區域可抑制黑顯示時斜向方向的光漏,因此以往問題之依存於視野角之黑顯示時的色偏差亦可改善。Further, the optical compensation film according to the second aspect of the present invention has a wavelength which is independent of the in-plane hysteresis value and the hysteresis value in the thickness direction by appropriately selecting a raw material or a production method, and is an optically most suitable transparent film. By using the optical compensation film, the liquid crystal cell, particularly the TN mode liquid crystal cell, can form a viewing angle compensation in a black state at substantially all wavelengths. As a result, in the liquid crystal display device having the optical compensation film, the light leakage system in the oblique direction in the black display is reduced, and the viewing angle contrast is remarkably improved. Further, in the liquid crystal display device, since light leakage in the oblique direction in the black display can be suppressed in substantially all of the visible light wavelength region, the color difference in the black display depending on the viewing angle can be improved in the conventional problem.

【發明之實施形態】Embodiment of the Invention

以下,詳細說明本發明。Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail.

(1)本發明的第1態樣(1) A first aspect of the present invention [液晶顯示裝置][Liquid Crystal Display Device]

第1圖係關於本發明的第1態樣適用於穿透型液晶顯示裝置之實施形態構成例的模式圖。Fig. 1 is a schematic view showing an embodiment of a configuration of a transmissive liquid crystal display device according to a first aspect of the present invention.

第1圖中所示之穿透型液晶顯示裝置,從觀察側依序具有:由透明保護膜1、偏光膜3、透明保護膜(兼具光學異方向性層7的透明支持體)5及光學異方向性層7所構成之觀察者側偏光板,由液晶胞之上基板9、棒狀液晶層11及液晶胞的下基板13所構成之液晶胞,由光學異方向性層14、透明保護膜(兼具光學異方向性層14的透明支持體)16、偏光膜18、及透明保護膜20所構成之下側偏光板,背光22。然後,透明保護膜、偏光膜、透明支持體及光學異方向性層(1~7及14~21)係構成本發明第1態樣之該偏光板。The transmissive liquid crystal display device shown in FIG. 1 has, in order from the observation side, a transparent protective film 1, a polarizing film 3, a transparent protective film (a transparent support having an optical anisotropic layer 7) 5 and The observer-side polarizing plate composed of the optically anisotropic layer 7 is composed of a liquid crystal cell upper substrate 9, a rod-shaped liquid crystal layer 11, and a liquid crystal cell lower substrate 13, and is composed of an optically isotropic layer 14 and transparent. A protective film (a transparent support having the optically anisotropic layer 14) 16, a polarizing film 18, and a transparent protective film 20 constitute a lower polarizing plate and a backlight 22. Then, the transparent protective film, the polarizing film, the transparent support, and the optically anisotropic layer (1 to 7 and 14 to 21) constitute the polarizing plate according to the first aspect of the present invention.

液晶胞(9~13)係為TN模式的液晶胞者為佳。此外,TN模式的液晶胞係大多數的文獻中記載以彩色TFT液晶顯示裝置為最多使用的。本實施的形態,以使用由具有正介電異方向性之向列液晶所構成之TN模式的液晶胞之例來加以説明。It is preferable that the liquid crystal cell (9 to 13) is a liquid crystal cell of the TN mode. Further, most of the liquid crystal cell systems of the TN mode are described as being the most widely used color TFT liquid crystal display devices. The embodiment of the present embodiment will be described by using an example of a liquid crystal cell of a TN mode composed of nematic liquid crystal having positive dielectric anisotropy.

在上下基板9、13間,封入正介電異方向性、折射率異方向性△n=0.0854(589nm、20℃)、介電率異方向性△ε=+8.5左右的液晶。液晶層11的厚度d(μm)與折射率異方向性△n的積△n.d為0.2~1.2μm。0.2~0.5μm者為佳。液晶層11的配向控制可藉由在上下基板9、13之內面所形成之配向膜(不圖示)的表面性狀及摩擦軸10、12來控制。表示液晶分子配向方向之直線、所謂的傾斜角為約3°者為佳。摩擦方向係對上下基板9及13施加於互相正交的方向,可以其強度與摩擦回數等來控制傾斜角的大小。配向膜係係為塗布聚醯亞胺膜後,進行燒成而形成者為佳。液晶層11的扭轉角大小係根據上下基板9、13的摩擦方向之交叉角與添加至液晶材料的對掌劑而決定。例如,為了使扭轉角為90°的樣子,添加間距60μm左右的對掌劑者為佳。液晶層11的厚度d亦可為例如5μm左右。所使用的液晶材料LC若為向列液晶的話,沒有特別地限制。介電率異方向性△ε其值比較大的話,可以減低驅動電壓。折射率異方向性△n比較小的話,可增厚液晶層的厚度(間隙),可減少間隙偏差。又,△n比較大的話,可減小晶胞間隙,可形成高速應答。又液晶層的扭轉角(扭曲角)係一般從光源側朝向顯示觀察側,且從觀察側觀察係為順時鐘旋轉扭曲,90°附近(85°~95°)為最適值。在此等範圍的話,由於白顯示亮度高、黑顯示亮度小之故,可得到明顯對比高的顯示裝置。Between the upper and lower substrates 9 and 13, liquid crystals having positive dielectric anisotropy, refractive index anisotropy Δn = 0.0854 (589 nm, 20 ° C), and dielectric anisotropy Δ ε = +8.5 are sealed. The thickness d (μm) of the liquid crystal layer 11 and the product of the refractive index anisotropy Δn Δn. d is 0.2 to 1.2 μm. 0.2 to 0.5 μm is preferred. The alignment control of the liquid crystal layer 11 can be controlled by the surface properties of the alignment film (not shown) formed on the inner surfaces of the upper and lower substrates 9, 13 and the friction axes 10, 12. It is preferred that the straight line indicating the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules and the so-called tilt angle be about 3°. The rubbing direction is applied to the upper and lower substrates 9 and 13 in directions orthogonal to each other, and the magnitude of the tilt angle can be controlled by the strength and the number of rubbing times. The alignment film system is preferably formed by coating a polyimide film and then baking it. The magnitude of the twist angle of the liquid crystal layer 11 is determined according to the intersection angle of the rubbing directions of the upper and lower substrates 9, 13 and the palm powder added to the liquid crystal material. For example, in order to make the twist angle 90°, it is preferable to add a palm powder having a pitch of about 60 μm. The thickness d of the liquid crystal layer 11 may be, for example, about 5 μm. The liquid crystal material LC to be used is not particularly limited as long as it is a nematic liquid crystal. When the dielectric constant Δ ε is relatively large, the driving voltage can be reduced. When the refractive index anisotropy Δn is relatively small, the thickness (gap) of the liquid crystal layer can be increased, and the gap variation can be reduced. Further, when Δn is relatively large, the cell gap can be reduced, and a high-speed response can be formed. Further, the twist angle (twist angle) of the liquid crystal layer is generally viewed from the light source side toward the display side, and is observed to be clockwise rotationally twisted from the observation side, and is approximately 90° (85° to 95°). In such a range, since the white display brightness is high and the black display brightness is small, a display device having a high contrast can be obtained.

上側偏光板及下側偏光板係分別具有一對透明保護膜1與5及16與20,具有含固定成混雜配向狀態之圓盤狀化合物的光學異方向性層7及14。一對保護膜1與5及16與20係至少一者具有滿足下述式(I)(較佳為下述式(I’),較佳為下述式(I”))的光學特性。一對保護膜之中係以至少光源側的保護膜滿足下述式(I)者為佳,一對保護膜兩者滿足下述式(I)(較佳為下述式(I’)、更佳為下述式(I”))者為更佳。The upper polarizing plate and the lower polarizing plate each have a pair of transparent protective films 1 and 5, 16 and 20, and have optically anisotropic layers 7 and 14 containing a disk-shaped compound fixed in a misaligned state. At least one of the pair of protective films 1 and 5, 16 and 20 has optical characteristics satisfying the following formula (I) (preferably, the following formula (I'), preferably the following formula (I")). Among the protective films, at least the protective film on the light source side satisfies the following formula (I), and both of the protective films satisfy the following formula (I) (preferably, the following formula (I'), More preferably, it is preferably the following formula (I")).

(I)25+Re(633)≦Rth≦250-Re(633) (I’)25+Re(633)≦Rth≦175+Re(633)且Rth≦250-Re(633) (I”)50+Re(633)≦Rth≦150+Re(633)且Rth≦150-Re(633)(I) 25+Re (633) ≦ Rth ≦ 250-Re (633) (I') 25 + Re (633) ≦ Rth 175 + Re (633) and Rth ≦ 250-Re (633) (I") 50 + Re (633) ≦ Rth ≦150+Re(633) and Rth≦150-Re(633)

[式中,Re(λ)為波長λnm中正面遲滯值(單位:nm)、Rth(λ)為波長λnm中膜厚方向的遲滯值(單位:nm)。又d為膜的厚度]。[In the formula, Re (λ) is a front side hysteresis value (unit: nm) in the wavelength λ nm, and Rth (λ) is a hysteresis value (unit: nm) in the film thickness direction in the wavelength λ nm. Also d is the thickness of the film].

保護膜滿足上述光學特性時,液晶顯示裝置的對比視野角係為擴大這件事可在後述的實施例中被証明,理論上,滿足上述式時,從斜向觀察吸收軸為正交之一對偏光板時,所觀察到的偏光板交叉角係為修正,可知無論從任何角度觀察亦為正交。When the protective film satisfies the above optical characteristics, the contrast viewing angle of the liquid crystal display device is enlarged. This can be proved in the embodiment to be described later. Theoretically, when the above formula is satisfied, the absorption axis is orthogonally observed from the oblique direction. For the polarizing plate, the observed cross angle of the polarizing plate was corrected, and it was found that it was orthogonal regardless of the angle.

再者,一對保護膜1與5及16與20係至少一者(較佳為至少液晶層側的保護膜、更佳為雙方的保護膜)在波長633nm中,Re的絶對值為5nm以上者為佳、10nm以上者為較佳。又,一對保護膜1與5及16與20係至少一者(較佳為至少液晶層側的保護膜、更佳為雙方的保護膜)在波長400~700nm中,Re及Rth均為液晶層遲滯值△nd的二分之一以下者為佳。Further, at least one of the pair of protective films 1 and 5, 16 and 20 (preferably at least a protective film on the liquid crystal layer side, more preferably both protective films) has an absolute value of Re of 5 nm or more at a wavelength of 633 nm. It is preferred that those of 10 nm or more are preferred. Further, at least one of the pair of protective films 1 and 5, 16 and 20 (preferably at least a protective film on the liquid crystal layer side, more preferably both protective films) has a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm, and both Re and Rth are liquid crystals. It is preferred that one half or less of the layer hysteresis value Δnd is used.

上側偏光膜3的吸收軸4與下側偏光膜18的吸收軸19係大致上為正交積層,再者液晶胞之上側偏光膜3的吸收軸4與上側基板9的摩擦方向10係為平行,下偏光膜18的吸收軸19與下基板13的摩擦方向12係為分別大致平行地進行積層。又,光學異方向性層7的摩擦方向8係與上側偏光膜3的吸收軸4成平行配置,與上側基板9的摩擦方向10成反平行配置者為佳,光學異方向性層14的摩擦方向15係與下側偏光膜18的吸收軸19成平行配置,與下側基板13的摩擦方向12成反平行配置者為佳。又,配置於接近液晶胞位置的保護膜5及16係具有面內遲相軸6及17之情形,遲相軸6及17係分別與吸收軸4及19成交叉配置者為佳,成略90°交叉配置者為佳。The absorption axis 4 of the upper polarizing film 3 and the absorption axis 19 of the lower polarizing film 18 are substantially orthogonally laminated, and the absorption axis 4 of the liquid crystal cell upper polarizing film 3 and the rubbing direction 10 of the upper substrate 9 are parallel. The absorption axis 19 of the lower polarizing film 18 and the rubbing direction 12 of the lower substrate 13 are laminated substantially in parallel. Further, the rubbing direction 8 of the optically anisotropic layer 7 is arranged in parallel with the absorption axis 4 of the upper polarizing film 3, and is preferably arranged in anti-parallel with the rubbing direction 10 of the upper substrate 9, and the friction of the optical anisotropic layer 14 is preferable. The direction 15 is arranged in parallel with the absorption axis 19 of the lower polarizing film 18, and is preferably arranged in anti-parallel with the rubbing direction 12 of the lower substrate 13. Further, the protective films 5 and 16 disposed near the liquid crystal cell position have the in-plane retardation axes 6 and 17, and the slow phase axes 6 and 17 are preferably arranged to intersect the absorption axes 4 and 19, respectively. A 90° cross configuration is preferred.

上基板9及下基板13各自的配向膜內側中形成透明電極(未圖示),但是未對電極施加驅動電壓之非驅動狀態中,液晶胞中的液晶分子係對於基板面為稍略平行配向,其結果通過液晶面板的光之偏光狀態係沿著液晶分子的扭轉構造進行傳播,偏光面為90°回轉而射出。即,液晶顯示裝置係在非驅動狀態實現白顯示。相對於此,驅動狀態中液晶分子相對於基板面,配向成形成某角度之方向時,通過下側偏光膜18的光係以維持偏光狀態照原樣通過液晶層11,藉由偏光膜3而被遮斷。換言之,在驅動狀態下能得到黑顯示。該液晶顯示裝置由於具有光學補償層7與14、及滿足規定的光學特性之一對保護膜1與15及16與20之故,所以減輕了依賴於觀察方向所產生的階調反轉現象,且視野角係為改善。A transparent electrode (not shown) is formed in the inner side of the alignment film of each of the upper substrate 9 and the lower substrate 13. However, in the non-driving state in which the driving voltage is not applied to the electrodes, the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal cells are slightly parallel to the substrate surface. As a result, the polarization state of the light passing through the liquid crystal panel propagates along the twist structure of the liquid crystal molecules, and the polarizing surface is rotated at 90° and emitted. That is, the liquid crystal display device realizes white display in a non-driving state. On the other hand, when the liquid crystal molecules are aligned in a direction to form a certain angle with respect to the substrate surface in the driving state, the light passing through the lower polarizing film 18 passes through the liquid crystal layer 11 while maintaining the polarization state, and is polarized by the polarizing film 3. Interrupted. In other words, a black display can be obtained in the driving state. Since the liquid crystal display device has the optical compensation layers 7 and 14 and one of the predetermined optical characteristics for the protective films 1 and 15 and 16 and 20, the tone inversion phenomenon depending on the observation direction is alleviated. And the viewing angle is improved.

此外,上述實施的形態係穿透模式、液晶胞的△nd之值在穿透模式中表示最適合之值,且關於本發明第1態樣的液晶顯示裝置亦可為反射模式,反射模式中因液晶胞內的光路為2倍,最適△nd之值為上述1/2左右之值。又,扭轉角係30°~70°為最適值。Further, in the above-described embodiment, the mode of the penetration mode and the value of Δnd of the liquid crystal cell indicate the most suitable value in the penetration mode, and the liquid crystal display device according to the first aspect of the present invention may be in the reflection mode, and in the reflection mode. Since the optical path in the liquid crystal cell is twice, the optimum value of Δnd is about 1/2 of the above value. Moreover, the torsion angle is 30° to 70°, which is an optimum value.

關於本發明第1態樣之液晶顯示裝置係不限定於第1圖中所示之構成,亦可含有其他的構件。例如,在液晶胞與偏光膜之間亦可配置彩色濾光片。可配置冷陰極或者熱陰極螢光管、或者發光二極體、場致發射元件、電致發光元件為光源的背光。關於本發明第1態樣之液晶顯示裝置,為了圖謀穿透與反射模式的並存,在顯示裝置的1像素之中,亦可為設有反射部與穿透部之半穿透型。The liquid crystal display device according to the first aspect of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in Fig. 1, and may include other members. For example, a color filter may be disposed between the liquid crystal cell and the polarizing film. The cold cathode or the hot cathode fluorescent tube, or the backlight of the light emitting diode, the field emission element, and the electroluminescent element may be configured as a light source. In the liquid crystal display device according to the first aspect of the present invention, in order to coexinate the penetration and the reflection mode, a half-transmission type in which the reflection portion and the penetration portion are provided may be included in one pixel of the display device.

關於本發明第1態樣之液晶顯示裝置中,亦包含畫像直視型、畫像投影型或光調變型。本發明係以適用於使用如TFT或MIM般的3端子或2端子半導體元件之主動式矩陣液晶顯示裝置的態樣為特別有效。當然,適用於被動式矩陣液晶顯示裝置之態樣亦為有效。The liquid crystal display device according to the first aspect of the present invention also includes a portrait direct view type, a portrait projection type, or a light modulation type. The present invention is particularly effective in an aspect suitable for an active matrix liquid crystal display device using a 3-terminal or 2-terminal semiconductor element such as a TFT or MIM. Of course, the aspect suitable for the passive matrix liquid crystal display device is also effective.

[偏光板][Polarizer]

其次,說明關於本發明第1態樣之偏光板。關於本發明第1態樣之偏光板係具有:偏光膜,挾持該偏光膜之一對保護膜,在該一對保護膜的一方外側、含有固定成混雜配向狀態之圓盤狀液晶化合物的光學異方向性層。以下,說明關於本發明第1態樣之偏光板中所使用的各種構件。Next, a polarizing plate according to a first aspect of the present invention will be described. A polarizing plate according to a first aspect of the present invention includes: a polarizing film that holds one of the polarizing films and a protective film, and an optical film containing a discotic liquid crystal compound fixed in a misaligned state on one side of the pair of protective films An omnidirectional layer. Hereinafter, various members used in the polarizing plate according to the first aspect of the present invention will be described.

[保護膜][protective film]

保護偏光膜之一對保護膜之中,係至少一者滿足上述式(I)。滿足上述式(I)。只要具備保護膜所要求之特性的材料的話,係沒有特別地限制。又,一對保護膜之中,使用光學異方向性層側的保護膜作為支撐光學異方向性層的支持體時,因為薄層化之故而為佳。保護膜為透明者為佳,具體地,光穿透率為80%以上者為佳。保護膜係為選自於聚合物薄膜者為佳。構成聚合物薄膜之聚合物的例子中,亦包含纖維素酯(例如,纖維素的單至三醯化物)、降冰片烯系聚合物及聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯。亦可使用市售的聚合物(降冰片烯系聚合物中,ARTON及ZEONEX均為商品名))。又,亦可為從以往所知如聚碳酸酯或聚碸般、容易發現雙折射之聚合物,如WO00/26705號說明書中所記載的,若藉由修飾分子係無法控制雙折射發現性的話,亦可使用本發明的第1態樣。One of the protective polarizing films and at least one of the protective films satisfies the above formula (I). The above formula (I) is satisfied. There is no particular limitation as long as it has a material that has the properties required for the protective film. Further, among the pair of protective films, when the protective film on the side of the optically anisotropic layer is used as a support for supporting the optically anisotropic layer, it is preferable because it is thinned. It is preferable that the protective film is transparent, and specifically, a light transmittance of 80% or more is preferable. The protective film is preferably selected from the group consisting of polymer films. Examples of the polymer constituting the polymer film also include cellulose esters (for example, mono- to tri-deuterides of cellulose), norbornene-based polymers, and polymethyl methacrylate. A commercially available polymer (in the norbornene-based polymer, ARTON and ZEONEX are all trade names) can also be used. Further, it may be a polymer which is known from the prior art such as polycarbonate or polyfluorene, and which is easy to find birefringence, as described in the specification of WO00/26705, if the modification of the molecular system cannot control the discovery of birefringence. The first aspect of the present invention can also be used.

其中尤以纖維素酯為佳、纖維素的低級脂肪酸酯為較佳。低級脂肪酸係意味著碳原子數為6以下的脂肪酸。特別是,碳原子數為2~4的醯化纖維素為佳。乙酸纖維素為特佳。亦可使用乙酸丙酸纖維素或乙酸丁酸纖維素般的混合脂肪酸酯。Among them, cellulose esters are preferred, and lower fatty acid esters of cellulose are preferred. The lower fatty acid means a fatty acid having 6 or less carbon atoms. In particular, deuterated cellulose having a carbon number of 2 to 4 is preferred. Cellulose acetate is particularly preferred. Mixed fatty acid esters such as cellulose acetate propionate or cellulose acetate butyrate can also be used.

乙酸纖維素的黏度平均聚合度(DP)係以250以上為佳、290以上為較佳。又,乙酸纖維素係以藉由凝膠滲透層析法之Mw/Mn(Mw為質量平均分子量、Mn為數量平均分子量)的分子量分布為狹窄者為佳。具體的Mw/Mn之值係以1.0~1.7為佳、1.0~1.65為較佳。The viscosity average degree of polymerization (DP) of cellulose acetate is preferably 250 or more, and more preferably 290 or more. Further, cellulose acetate is preferably a narrow molecular weight distribution of Mw/Mn (Mw is a mass average molecular weight and Mn is a number average molecular weight) by gel permeation chromatography. The specific value of Mw/Mn is preferably 1.0 to 1.7 and preferably 1.0 to 1.65.

又,使用醋化度55.0~62.5%之乙酸纖維素為佳。醋化度以57.0~62.0%為較佳。醋化度係意味著每纖維素單位質量的結合乙酸量。醋化度係根據ASTM:D-817-91(乙酸纖維素等的試驗法)中乙醯化度的測定及計算而可求得。Further, it is preferred to use cellulose acetate having a degree of vinegar of 55.0 to 62.5%. The degree of vinegar is preferably from 57.0 to 62.0%. The degree of acetification means the amount of bound acetic acid per unit mass of cellulose. The degree of acetification can be determined by measuring and calculating the degree of acetylation in ASTM: D-817-91 (test method for cellulose acetate, etc.).

乙酸纖維素一般係纖維素的2位、3位、6位的羥基不必均等地被取代,6位的取代度係有變小的傾向。上述透明支持體中所使用的乙酸纖維素,纖維素的6位取代度係相較於2位、3位為相同程度或多者為佳。相對於2位、3位、6位的取代度的合計,6位的取代度的比例係以30~40%為佳、31~40%為較佳、32~40%為最佳。6位的取代度係以0.88以上為佳。The cellulose acetate is generally such that the hydroxyl groups at the 2, 3, and 6 positions of the cellulose are not necessarily uniformly substituted, and the degree of substitution at the 6 position tends to be small. The cellulose acetate used in the above transparent support has a degree of substitution at the 6-position of cellulose which is preferably the same or more than the 2nd position and the 3rd position. The ratio of the substitution degree of the 6-position is preferably 30 to 40%, preferably 31 to 40%, and most preferably 32 to 40%, based on the total of the substitution degrees of the 2, 3, and 6 positions. The degree of substitution at the 6-position is preferably 0.88 or more.

此等具體的醯基、及醯化纖維素之合成方法,係詳細記載於發明協會公開技報(公技號碼2001-1745、2001年3月15日發行發明協會)的第9頁。These specific sulfhydryl groups and methods for synthesizing deuterated cellulose are described in detail on page 9 of the Inventor's Association Technical Bulletin (public technology number 2001-1745, March 15, 2001 issue of the Invention Association).

用於調整聚合物薄膜的遲滯值、賦予滿足上述式(I)之光學特性,一般為給予如延伸般的外力之方法。又、必要的話,亦可將用於調整光學異方向性之遲滯值上昇劑、用於使光學異方向性降低之化合物、或波長分散調整劑添加至聚合物薄膜中。調整醯化纖維素薄膜的遲滯值之中,使用具有至少二個芳香族環之芳香族化合物作為遲滯值上昇劑為佳。芳香族化合物,相對於醯化纖維素100質量份,係使用在0.01~20質量份之範圍者為佳。又,亦可併用二種類以上的芳香族化合物。芳香族化合物的芳香族環除了芳香族烴環,亦可含有芳香族性雜環。例如,可舉例如歐洲專利0911656A2號說明書、特開2000-111914號、同2000-275434號公報等記載之化合物等。The method for adjusting the hysteresis value of the polymer film and imparting the optical characteristics satisfying the above formula (I) is generally a method of imparting an external force such as elongation. Further, if necessary, a hysteresis value increasing agent for adjusting the optical anisotropy, a compound for lowering the optical anisotropy, or a wavelength dispersion adjusting agent may be added to the polymer film. Among the hysteresis values of the deuterated cellulose film, it is preferred to use an aromatic compound having at least two aromatic rings as the hysteresis increasing agent. The aromatic compound is preferably used in an amount of 0.01 to 20 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the deuterated cellulose. Further, two or more kinds of aromatic compounds may be used in combination. The aromatic ring of the aromatic compound may contain an aromatic hetero ring in addition to the aromatic hydrocarbon ring. For example, a compound described in, for example, European Patent No. 0911656A2, JP-A-2000-111914, and JP-A-2000-275434 can be mentioned.

以下,顯示可使用作為用於使聚合物薄膜的光學異方向性降低之化合物的例示化合物、及可使用作為波長分散調整劑之例示化合物,惟並不限制於以下的化合物。Hereinafter, an exemplary compound which can be used as a compound for lowering the optical anisotropy of a polymer film, and an exemplified compound which can be used as a wavelength dispersion adjusting agent can be used, but it is not limited to the following compounds.

用於使光學異方向性降低的化合物之例示 波長分散調整劑之例示 An illustration of a compound used to reduce optical anisotropy Example of wavelength dispersion adjusting agent

再者,作為上述保護膜使用之乙酸纖維素薄膜的吸濕膨脹係數,係以30×10 5 /%RH以下者為佳。吸濕膨脹係數係為15×10 5 /%RH以下為佳、10×10 5 /%RH以下為較佳。又,吸濕膨脹係數比較小者為佳,惟一般為1.0×10 5 /%RH以上之值。吸濕膨脹係數係表示在一定溫度下變化相對濕度時的試料長之變化量。Further, as the hygroscopic expansion coefficient of the cellulose acetate film using a protective film, based at 30 × 10 - 5 /% RH or less is preferred. Department of hygroscopic expansion coefficient of 15 × 10 - 5 /% RH or less preferably, 10 × 10 - 5 /% RH or less is preferred. Also, a relatively small hygroscopic expansion coefficient is preferred, but is generally 1.0 × 10 - value of more than 5 /% RH. The coefficient of hygroscopic expansion indicates the amount of change in the length of the sample when the relative humidity is changed at a certain temperature.

經由調節該吸濕膨脹係數,光學異方向性層或偏光膜的光學性能係照原樣維持,可防止鏡框狀的穿透率上昇(因歪斜所致的光漏)。By adjusting the coefficient of hygroscopic expansion, the optical properties of the optically anisotropic layer or the polarizing film are maintained as they are, and the increase in the frame-like transmittance (light leakage due to skew) can be prevented.

關於吸濕膨脹係數的測定方法係如以下所示。從所製作的聚合物薄膜切出寬5mm、長度20mm的試料,固定單片的一端,在25℃、20%RH(R0 )的環境下懸掛。在另一端懸掛0.5g的重物,放置10分鐘並測定長度(L0 )。其次,溫度係仍在25℃、濕度為80%RH(R1 )下,測定長度(L1 )。吸濕膨脹係數係藉由下式而可算出。測定係就相同試料進行10個試料,採用平均值。The method for measuring the coefficient of hygroscopic expansion is as follows. A sample having a width of 5 mm and a length of 20 mm was cut out from the produced polymer film, and one end of the single piece was fixed, and suspended at 25 ° C and 20% RH (R 0 ). A 0.5 g weight was suspended at the other end, left for 10 minutes and the length (L 0 ) was measured. Next, the temperature was still at 25 ° C and the humidity was 80% RH (R 1 ), and the length (L 1 ) was measured. The coefficient of hygroscopic expansion can be calculated by the following formula. In the measurement system, 10 samples were subjected to the same sample, and the average value was used.

吸濕膨脹係數[/%RH]={(L1 -L0 )/L0 }/(R1 -R0 )Hygroscopic expansion coefficient [/%RH]={(L 1 -L 0 )/L 0 }/(R 1 -R 0 )

因聚合物薄膜的吸濕所致的尺寸變化變小中,添加具有疏水基之化合物或微粒子等為佳。具有疏水基之化合物係選自於在分子中具有脂肪族基或芳香族基的疏水基之可塑劑或劣化抑制劑者為佳。此等化合物的添加量係相對於經調整的溶液(膠漿),在0.01~10質量%的範圍為佳。又,若能減小聚合物薄膜中的自由體積為佳,具體地,根據後述的溶液流延方法之成膜時殘留溶劑量少者係自由堆積變小。相對於乙酸纖維素薄膜之殘留溶劑量係在0.01~1.00質量%的範圍條件下進行乾燥為佳。It is preferable to add a compound having a hydrophobic group or fine particles, etc., because the dimensional change due to moisture absorption of the polymer film is small. The compound having a hydrophobic group is preferably selected from a plasticizer or a deterioration inhibitor of a hydrophobic group having an aliphatic group or an aromatic group in the molecule. The amount of these compounds added is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 10% by mass based on the adjusted solution (slurry). Moreover, it is preferable to reduce the free volume in the polymer film. Specifically, the amount of residual solvent at the time of film formation by the solution casting method described later is small, and the free deposition becomes small. It is preferred to carry out drying in a range of 0.01 to 1.00% by mass based on the residual solvent amount of the cellulose acetate film.

添加於聚合物薄膜之上述添加劑或視各種目的所添加之添加劑(例如,紫外線抑制劑、剝離劑、抗靜電劑、劣化抑制劑(例如,抗氧化劑、過氧化物分解劑、自由基抑制劑、金屬惰性化劑、酸捕獲劑、胺)、紅外吸收劑等)係可為固體、亦可為油狀物。又,薄膜係由多層所形成之情形中,各層添加物的種類或添加量亦可不同。此等詳細係使用上述公技號碼2001-1745號技法的第16頁~22頁所詳細記載之原料為佳。各原料的添加量只要能發現其機能的話,沒有特別地限制,惟聚合物薄膜全組成物中以0.001~25質量%者為佳。The above additive added to the polymer film or an additive added for various purposes (for example, an ultraviolet inhibitor, a release agent, an antistatic agent, a deterioration inhibitor (for example, an antioxidant, a peroxide decomposer, a radical inhibitor, A metal inerting agent, an acid scavenger, an amine, an infrared absorber, etc. may be a solid or an oil. Further, in the case where the film is formed of a plurality of layers, the type or amount of addition of each layer may be different. These details are preferably those described in detail in pages 16 to 22 of the above-mentioned technique No. 2001-1745. The amount of each raw material added is not particularly limited as long as the function can be found, but it is preferably 0.001 to 25% by mass in the total composition of the polymer film.

[聚合物薄膜之製法][Method of preparing polymer film]

聚合物薄膜係經由溶液流延法而製造為佳。溶液流延法係使用將聚合物材料溶解於有機溶劑之溶液(膠漿)並製造薄膜。上述溶液流延法係將膠漿流延於滾筒或輸送帶上、使溶劑蒸發並形成薄膜。流延前的膠漿係調整成固體成分量為18~35%般的濃度為佳。滾筒或輸送帶的表面係為完成鏡面狀態為佳。The polymer film is preferably produced by a solution casting method. The solution casting method uses a solution (glue) in which a polymer material is dissolved in an organic solvent and a film is produced. The above solution casting method is to cast a paste onto a drum or a conveyor belt to evaporate the solvent and form a film. It is preferable that the pre-casting glue is adjusted to have a solid content of 18 to 35%. The surface of the drum or conveyor belt is preferably in the form of a mirror finish.

膠漿係在表面溫度為10℃以下的滾筒或輸送帶上進行流延為佳。流延係因在2秒以上的風吹拂、乾燥為佳。把所得的薄膜從滾筒或輸送帶剝取下來,然後在自100~至160℃逐次改變溫度之高溫風下進行乾燥,使殘留溶劑蒸發亦佳。以上的方法係在特公平5-17844號公報中有記載。依照該方法時,可縮短從流延至剝取下來的時間。因為實施該方法,在流延時的滾筒或輸送帶的表面溫度,必須使膠漿凝膠化。The glue is preferably cast on a drum or a conveyor belt having a surface temperature of 10 ° C or less. The casting system is preferably blown and dried in a wind of 2 seconds or more. The obtained film is peeled off from a drum or a conveyor belt, and then dried under a high-temperature air which is continuously changed from 100 to 160 ° C to evaporate the residual solvent. The above method is described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 5-17844. According to this method, the time from casting to stripping can be shortened. Because of this method, the glue must be gelled at the surface temperature of the running drum or conveyor belt.

流延步驟可將1種類的醯化纖維素溶液進行單層流延、亦可將2種類以上的醯化纖維素溶液進行同時及或逐次共流延。In the casting step, one type of the deuterated cellulose solution may be cast in a single layer, or two or more types of the deuterated cellulose solution may be simultaneously or successively cast.

共流延如上述般二層以上的複數醯化纖維素溶液之方法,可舉例如:在支持體的進行方向從設立放置間隔之複數流延口,使含有醯化纖維素之溶液分別流延、積層方法(例如,特開平11-198285號公報記載之方法);從2個流延口流延醯化纖維素溶液之方法(特開平6-134933號公報記載之方法);將流動的高黏度醯化纖維素溶液包含至低黏度的醯化纖維素溶液內,同時擠壓該高、低黏度的醯化纖維素溶液之方法(特開昭56-162617號公報記載之方法)等。本發明的第1態樣並不受其限制。A method of co-casting a plurality of layers of a deuterated cellulose solution as described above, for example, casting a solution containing deuterated cellulose in a plurality of casting openings at intervals in which the support is carried out And a method of laminating a method of casting a deuterated cellulose solution from two casting openings (method described in JP-A-6-134933); The viscosity-degraded cellulose solution is contained in a low-viscosity deuterated cellulose solution, and the high- and low-viscosity deuterated cellulose solution is simultaneously extruded (method described in JP-A-56-162617). The first aspect of the present invention is not limited thereto.

關於此等溶液流延方法的製造步驟,係詳細記載於上述的公技號碼2001-1745的第22~30頁中,分類成溶解、流延(包含共流延)、金屬支持體、乾燥、剝離、延伸等。The manufacturing steps of these solution casting methods are described in detail on pages 22 to 30 of the above-mentioned public technical number 2001-1745, and are classified into dissolution, casting (including co-casting), metal support, drying, and Peeling, stretching, etc.

作為上述保護膜使用之薄膜厚度係以15~120μm者為佳、30~80μm者為較佳。The thickness of the film used as the protective film is preferably 15 to 120 μm, and preferably 30 to 80 μm.

[聚合物薄膜的表面處理][Surface treatment of polymer film]

聚合物薄膜係施加表面處理為佳。表面處理係包含電量放電處理、輝光放電處理、火焰處理、酸處理、鹼處理及紫外線照射處理。關於彼等係在上述的公技號碼2001-1745的第30~32頁中有詳細地所記載。此等之中特佳為鹼皂化處理之醯化纖維素薄膜的表面處理非常有效。It is preferred to apply a surface treatment to the polymer film. The surface treatment system includes a charge discharge treatment, a glow discharge treatment, a flame treatment, an acid treatment, an alkali treatment, and an ultraviolet irradiation treatment. They are described in detail on pages 30 to 32 of the above-mentioned public technical number 2001-1745. Among these, the surface treatment of the saponified cellulose film which is particularly preferably alkali saponified is very effective.

鹼皂化處理可為浸漬於皂化液中、塗布皂化液等任一者,惟以塗布方法為佳。塗布方法可舉例如浸漬塗布法、簾幕塗布法、擠壓塗布法、棒材塗布法及E型塗布法。鹼皂化處理液係舉例如氫氧化鉀溶液、氫氧化鈉溶液,氫氧化離子的規定濃度為在0.1~3.0N的範圍為佳。再者,藉由含有對於薄膜的濕潤性良好之溶劑(例如,異丙醇、n-丁醇、甲醇、乙醇等)、界面活性劑、濕潤劑(例如,二醇類、丙三醇等)作為鹼處理液,皂化液對於透明支持體的濕潤性、皂化液的經時安定性等係變得良好。具體地,舉例如特開2002-82226號公報、WO02/46809號公報中內容之記載。The alkali saponification treatment may be carried out by immersing in a saponification liquid, coating a saponification liquid, or the like, but a coating method is preferred. The coating method may, for example, be a dip coating method, a curtain coating method, an extrusion coating method, a bar coating method, or an E-type coating method. The alkali saponification treatment liquid is, for example, a potassium hydroxide solution or a sodium hydroxide solution, and the predetermined concentration of the hydroxide ions is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 3.0 N. Further, by containing a solvent having good wettability to the film (for example, isopropyl alcohol, n-butanol, methanol, ethanol, etc.), a surfactant, a wetting agent (for example, glycols, glycerin, etc.) As the alkali treatment liquid, the saponification liquid is excellent in the wettability of the transparent support and the stability with time of the saponification liquid. Specifically, the contents of the contents of JP-A-2002-82226 and WO02/46809 are described.

取代表面處理,舉例如在高分子薄膜上設有僅塗布一層的施加表面處理之底塗層(特開平7-333433號公報記載)、或包含疏水性基與親水性基兩者之明膠等的樹脂層之單層法以作為第1層的更密著層(以下,略稱為底塗第1層),並於其上塗布作為第2層之與配向膜更密著之明膠等的親水性樹脂層(以下,略稱為底塗第2層)的所謂多層法(例如,特開平11-248940號公報記載)的內容。In place of the surface treatment, for example, an undercoat layer to which only one layer is applied is applied to the polymer film (described in JP-A-H07-333433), or gelatin containing both a hydrophobic group and a hydrophilic group. The single layer method of the resin layer is a more dense layer of the first layer (hereinafter, abbreviated as the first layer of the undercoat layer), and a hydrophilic layer of gelatin or the like which is a second layer and is more closely adhered to the alignment film is applied thereon. The content of the resin layer (hereinafter, abbreviated as the second layer of the primer layer) is described in the above-mentioned "multilayer method" (for example, JP-A-H11-248940).

[光學異方向性層][optical anisotropic layer]

上述光學異方向性層係含有固定成混雜配向狀態之圓盤狀化合物。以下,詳細記述光學異方向性層的較佳態樣。The optically anisotropic layer contains a discotic compound fixed in a mixed alignment state. Hereinafter, preferred aspects of the optically anisotropic layer will be described in detail.

光學異方向性層係設計成補償在液晶顯示裝置之黑顯示的液晶胞中之液晶化合物般為佳。在黑顯示中液晶胞中的液晶化合物之配向狀態係根據液晶顯示裝置的模式而不同。關於該液晶胞中的液晶化合物之配向狀態與補償薄膜之配向關係,係記載於IDW’00、FMC7-2、P411~414中。The optically anisotropic layer is preferably designed to compensate for liquid crystal compounds in the liquid crystal cells of the black display of the liquid crystal display device. The alignment state of the liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal cell in the black display differs depending on the mode of the liquid crystal display device. The alignment relationship between the alignment state of the liquid crystal compound in the liquid crystal cell and the compensation film is described in IDW'00, FMC7-2, and P411 to 414.

上述光學異方向性層中,圓盤狀化合物係為混雜配向之故,所以相對於圓盤狀化合物長軸(圓盤面的長徑)之層平面的傾斜角度之平均,光學異方向性層的深度方向、由透明支持體界面之距離的增加係同時增加或減少。傾斜角度的平均係隨著距離增加的同時而增加為佳。再者,傾斜角度的變化係包含連續的增加、連續的減少、間歇的增加、間歇的減少、連續的增加與連續的減少之變化,或者可為包含增加及減少之間歇的變化。間歇的變化係包含在厚度方向的途中,傾斜角沒有變化的區域。本發明的第1態樣中,即使包含傾斜角度沒有變化之區域,全體可增加或減少。再者,傾斜角度係為連續地變化為佳。In the optically anisotropic layer, since the discotic compound is a miscellaneous alignment, the optically anisotropic layer is averaged with respect to the average of the inclination angle of the layer plane of the long axis of the discotic compound (longitudinal diameter of the disc surface). The depth direction and the increase in the distance from the transparent support interface are simultaneously increased or decreased. The average of the tilt angles is preferably increased as the distance increases. Further, the change in the inclination angle includes a continuous increase, a continuous decrease, an intermittent increase, a intermittent decrease, a continuous increase and a continuous decrease, or may be a change including intermittent increase and decrease. The intermittent change is a region in which the inclination angle does not change in the middle of the thickness direction. In the first aspect of the present invention, even if a region where the inclination angle does not change is included, the whole can be increased or decreased. Further, it is preferable that the inclination angle is continuously changed.

上述光學異方向性層係將含有液晶性圓盤狀化合物之組成物應用於透明支持體表面,必要的話可進行加熱等而形成。液晶性圓盤狀化合物係為了形成上述所欲的配向狀態,使用配向膜、或對掌劑、界面活性劑、聚合物等的控制液晶性分子配向之材料者為佳。例如,使用配向膜時,配向膜界面中液晶性圓盤狀化合物的長軸配向方向係可藉由選擇配向膜的材料,或經由選擇摩擦處理方法,調整成所欲的方向。又,表面側(空氣側)的圓盤狀化合物之長軸(圓盤面)方向一般係可藉由選擇圓盤狀化合物、或者與圓盤狀化合物同時使用之添加劑的種類而進行調整。另外,在光學異方向性層形成用的組成物中,可含有為了固定液晶性圓盤狀化合物所利用之聚合性單體及起始劑等。The optically anisotropic layer is formed by applying a composition containing a liquid crystalline discotic compound to the surface of a transparent support, and if necessary, heating or the like. The liquid crystal disk-shaped compound is preferably used for forming the above-mentioned desired alignment state, and an alignment film or a material for controlling liquid crystal molecules such as a palm, a surfactant, or a polymer. For example, when an alignment film is used, the long axis alignment direction of the liquid crystalline disk-shaped compound in the alignment film interface can be adjusted to a desired direction by selecting a material of the alignment film or by selecting a rubbing treatment method. Further, the direction of the major axis (disk surface) of the disk-shaped compound on the surface side (air side) can be generally adjusted by selecting the type of the disk-shaped compound or the additive used together with the disk-shaped compound. Further, the composition for forming an optically anisotropic layer may contain a polymerizable monomer, an initiator, and the like which are used for fixing a liquid crystalline disk-shaped compound.

[圓盤狀化合物][disc compound]

本發明的第1態樣中可使用之圓盤狀(碟狀)化合物的例子中,包含C.Destrade人等的研究報告、Mol.Cryst.第71卷、第111頁(1981年)中所記載之苯衍生物、C.Destrade人等的研究報告、Mol.Cryst.第122卷、第141頁(1985年)、Physics lett、A、第78卷、第82頁(1990)中所記載之三茚并苯衍生物、B.Kohne人等的研究報告、Angew.Chem.第96卷、第70頁(1984年)中所記載之環己烷衍生物及J.M.Lehn人等的研究報告、J.Chem.Commun.、第1794頁(1985年)、J.Zhang人等的研究報告、J.Am.Chem.Soc.第116卷、第2655頁(1994年)中所記載之吖冠系或苯基乙炔系大環。An example of a disc-shaped (disc) compound which can be used in the first aspect of the present invention includes a research report by C. Destrade et al., Mol. Cryst., Vol. 71, p. 111 (1981). Reported by Benzene Derivatives, C. Destrade, et al., Mol. Cryst. Vol. 122, p. 141 (1985), Physics lett, A, Vol. 78, p. 82 (1990) Research report of triacylene derivatives, B. Kohne et al., research report of cyclohexane derivatives and JMLehn humans described in Angew. Chem., vol. 96, p. 70 (1984), J .Chem.Commun., p. 1794 (1985), J. Zhang et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. Vol. 116, p. 2655 (1994). Phenylacetylene macrocycle.

圓盤狀化合物的例子中,相對於分子中心的母核,亦可包含直鏈的烷基、烷氧基、取代苯醯氧基作為母核的側鏈、顯示成放射線狀取代之構造的液晶性化合物。分子或分子的集合體係具有回轉對稱性,且可賦予一定配向之化合物為佳。圓盤狀化合物的較佳例係記載於特開平8-50206號公報中。In the example of the discotic compound, a liquid crystal having a linear alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a substituted benzoquinoneoxy group as a mother nucleus, and a structure showing a radiation substitution structure may be contained with respect to the core nucleus at the center of the molecule. Sex compounds. A collection system of molecules or molecules has a rotational symmetry and is preferably a compound which imparts a certain alignment. A preferred example of the discotic compound is described in JP-A-8-50206.

[光學異方向性層的添加劑][Additives for optically oriented layers]

光學異方向性層形成用的組成物中,除了上述圓盤狀化合物以外,可含有主要為對掌劑之各種添加劑。添加劑的例子中,能含有可塑劑、界面活性劑、聚合性單體等。此等添加劑係因為能提升塗工膜的均一性、膜的強度、或圓盤狀化合物的配向性等而賦予。界面活性劑係舉例如以下的含氟界面活性劑。The composition for forming an optically anisotropic layer may contain various additives mainly for the palm powder in addition to the above-mentioned discotic compound. Examples of the additive include a plasticizer, a surfactant, a polymerizable monomer, and the like. These additives are imparted by improving the uniformity of the coating film, the strength of the film, or the alignment of the discotic compound. The surfactant is, for example, the following fluorine-containing surfactant.

含氟界面活性劑 Fluorinated surfactant

聚合性單體係舉例如自由基聚合性或陽離子聚合性的化合物。較佳為多官能性自由基聚合性單體、含有上述聚合性基之液晶化合物與共聚合性者為佳。舉例如特開2002-296423號公報說明書中的段落號碼[0018]~[0020]記載者。上述化合物的添加量相對於圓盤狀化合物,一般係在1~50質量%的範圍、在5~30質量%的範圍為佳。The polymerizable single system is, for example, a radically polymerizable or cationically polymerizable compound. Preferably, a polyfunctional radical polymerizable monomer, a liquid crystal compound containing the above polymerizable group, and a copolymerization property are preferred. For example, the paragraph numbers [0018] to [0020] in the specification of JP-A-2002-296423. The amount of the compound to be added is generally in the range of 1 to 50% by mass and preferably in the range of 5 to 30% by mass based on the discotic compound.

界面活性劑可舉例如以往眾所周知的化合物,惟特別是氟系化合物為佳。具體地,可舉例如特開2001-330725號公報說明書中的段落號碼[0028]~[0056]記載之化合物。The surfactant may, for example, be a conventionally known compound, and particularly preferably a fluorine-based compound. Specifically, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs [0028] to [0056] in the specification of JP-A-2001-330725 can be mentioned.

與圓盤狀化合物一起使用的聚合物,係能給予變化圓盤狀化合物的傾斜角者為佳。The polymer used together with the discotic compound is preferably one which imparts a tilt angle to the discotic compound.

聚合物之例可舉例如纖維素酯。纖維素酯的較佳例係舉例如特開2000-155216號公報說明書中的段落號碼[0178]記載者。為了不妨礙液晶性圓盤狀化合物的配向,上述聚合物的添加量係相對於液晶性圓盤狀化合物,在0.1~10質量%的範圍為佳、0.1~8質量%的範圍為較佳An example of the polymer is, for example, a cellulose ester. A preferred example of the cellulose ester is described in paragraph number [0178] in the specification of JP-A-2000-155216. In order to prevent the alignment of the liquid crystalline disc-like compound, the amount of the polymer added is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.1 to 8% by mass, based on the liquid crystalline discotic compound.

[光學異方向性層的形成][Formation of optical anisotropic layer]

光學異方向性層係可藉由將包含液晶性圓盤狀化合物、及視需要的添加劑等之塗布液,塗布至配向膜的表面而形成。The optically anisotropic layer can be formed by applying a coating liquid containing a liquid crystalline disk-shaped compound and, if necessary, an additive to the surface of the alignment film.

使用於塗布液調製之溶劑係以使用有機溶劑為佳。有機溶劑的例子係包含醯胺基(例如,N,N-二甲基甲醯胺)、亞碸(例如,二甲亞碸)、雜環化合物(例如,吡啶)、烴(例如,苯、己烷)、烷基鹵化物(例如,氯仿、二氯甲烷、四氯乙烷)、酯(例如,乙酸甲酯、乙酸丁酯)、酮(例如,丙酮、甲基乙基酮)、醚(例如,四氫呋喃、1,2-二甲氧基乙烷)。烷基鹵化物及酮為佳。亦可併用二種類以上之有機溶劑。The solvent to be used in the coating liquid is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include a mercaptoamine group (for example, N,N-dimethylformamide), an anthracene (for example, dimethylhydrazine), a heterocyclic compound (for example, pyridine), a hydrocarbon (for example, benzene, Hexane), alkyl halides (eg, chloroform, dichloromethane, tetrachloroethane), esters (eg, methyl acetate, butyl acetate), ketones (eg, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone), ethers (for example, tetrahydrofuran, 1,2-dimethoxyethane). Alkyl halides and ketones are preferred. Two or more types of organic solvents may be used in combination.

塗布液的塗布可藉由眾所周知的方法(例如,鋼絲棒材塗布法、擠壓塗布法、同向凹版塗布法、逆向凹版塗布法、模口塗布法)來實施。The application of the coating liquid can be carried out by a well-known method (for example, a wire bar coating method, an extrusion coating method, a co-gravure coating method, a reverse gravure coating method, a die coating method).

[圓盤狀化合物的固定][Fixation of discotic compound]

液晶性圓盤狀化合物可維持配向狀態而固定。固定化係藉由聚合反應而實施為佳。聚合反應係包含使用熱聚合起始劑之熱聚合反應,與使用光聚合起始劑之光聚合反應。以光聚合反應為佳。The liquid crystalline discotic compound can be fixed while maintaining the alignment state. The immobilization is preferably carried out by a polymerization reaction. The polymerization reaction involves thermal polymerization using a thermal polymerization initiator, and photopolymerization using a photopolymerization initiator. Photopolymerization is preferred.

光聚合起始劑的例子中,係包含α-羰基化合物(美國專利2367661號、同2367670號的各說明書記載)、偶姻醚(美國專利2448828號說明書記載)、α-烴取代芳香族偶姻化合物(美國專利2722512號說明書記載)、多核醌化合物(美國專利3046127號、同2951758號的各說明書記載)、三芳基咪唑二聚物與p-胺基苯基酮的組合(美國專利3549367號說明書記載)、吖啶及吩化合物(特開昭60-105667號公報、美國專利4239850號說明書記載)及噁二唑化合物(美國專利4212970號說明書記載)。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include an α-carbonyl compound (described in each specification of U.S. Patent No. 2,376,661, the same as No. 2,367,670), an acetoin (described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 24,488,828), and an α-hydrocarbon-substituted aromatic auxin. Compounds (described in U.S. Patent No. 2,722,512), polynuclear ruthenium compounds (described in U.S. Patent No. 3,046,127, issued to each specification), and the combination of triaryl imidazole dimer and p-aminophenyl ketone (U.S. Patent No. 3,549,367) Record), acridine and pheno The compound (described in the specification of JP-A-60-105667, US Pat. No. 4,239,850) and the oxadiazole compound (described in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 4,212,970).

光聚合起始劑的使用量係為塗布液固體成分之0.01~20質量%的範圍為佳、0.5~5質量%的範圍為較佳。The amount of the photopolymerization initiator to be used is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 20% by mass of the solid content of the coating liquid, and preferably in the range of 0.5 to 5% by mass.

用於聚合液晶性圓盤狀化合物的光照射係以使用紫外線為佳。照射能量係為20mJ/cm2 ~50J/cm2 的範圍為佳、20~5000mJ/cm2 的範圍為較佳、100~800mJ/cm2 的範圍為更佳。又,為了促進光聚合反應,加熱條件下亦可實施光照射。The light irradiation system for polymerizing the liquid crystalline discotic compound is preferably ultraviolet light. The irradiation energy is preferably in the range of 20 mJ/cm 2 to 50 J/cm 2 , more preferably in the range of 20 to 5,000 mJ/cm 2 , and still more preferably in the range of 100 to 800 mJ/cm 2 . Further, in order to promote the photopolymerization reaction, light irradiation may be performed under heating conditions.

保護層亦可設置於光學異方向性層之上。The protective layer may also be disposed on the optically anisotropic layer.

[配向膜][Alignment film]

配向膜係具有規定圓盤狀化合物配向方向的機能。液晶性圓盤狀化合物係為了形成上述配向狀態而使用配向膜為佳,惟在配向液晶性圓盤狀化合物後,若最後其配向狀態係為固定的話,因為配向膜最後為其比例,所以已經沒有作為構成要素的必要。即,只有固定成配向狀態之配向膜上的光學異方向性層,亦可轉印至透明支持體上。The alignment film system has a function of specifying the direction in which the discotic compound is aligned. The liquid crystal disc-shaped compound is preferably an alignment film in order to form the alignment state. However, if the alignment state is fixed after the liquid crystal disc-like compound is aligned, since the alignment film is finally in proportion, it has already been used. There is no need as a constituent element. That is, only the optically anisotropic layer on the alignment film fixed in the alignment state may be transferred onto the transparent support.

配向膜可用有機化合物(較佳為聚合物)的摩擦處理、無機化合物的斜方蒸鍍、具有微溝紋之層的形成、或者藉由Langmuir-Biodgett法(LB膜)之累積有機化合物(例如,ω-二十三酸、氯化二十八烷基甲基銨、硬脂醯酸甲酯)般的手段而設置。再者,賦予電場、賦予磁場或者藉由光照射、產生配向機能之配向膜亦為已知。The alignment film may be subjected to rubbing treatment with an organic compound (preferably a polymer), oblique vapor deposition of an inorganic compound, formation of a layer having microgrooves, or accumulation of an organic compound by a Langmuir-Biodgett method (LB film) (for example) It is provided by means such as ω-trisuccinic acid, octadecylmethylammonium chloride or methyl stearate. Further, an alignment film that imparts an electric field, imparts a magnetic field, or is irradiated with light to generate an alignment function is also known.

配向膜係為經由聚合物的摩擦處理而形成為佳。配向膜中所使用的聚合物係以具有使液晶性分子配向機能的某種分子構造為原則。本發明的第1態樣中,除了使液晶性分子配向的機能,使具有交聯性官能基(例如,雙鍵)之側鏈結合至主鏈、或者將具有使液晶性分子配向機能之交聯性官能基導入側鏈為佳。The alignment film is preferably formed by a rubbing treatment of a polymer. The polymer used in the alignment film is based on a certain molecular structure having a function of aligning liquid crystal molecules. In the first aspect of the present invention, in addition to the function of aligning liquid crystal molecules, a side chain having a crosslinkable functional group (for example, a double bond) is bonded to a main chain, or a function of aligning a liquid crystal molecule to a function can be achieved. It is preferred that the linking functional group be introduced into the side chain.

配向膜中所使用的聚合物可使用其可自體交聯之聚合物或者藉由交聯劑可交聯之聚合物中任一者,並可複數使用此等組合。The polymer used in the alignment film may be any of its self-crosslinkable polymer or a polymer crosslinkable by a crosslinking agent, and may be used in plural.

聚合物的例子中,包含例如特開平8-338913號公報說明書中段落號碼[0022]記載之甲基丙烯酸酯系共聚物、苯乙烯系共聚物、聚烯烴、聚乙烯醇及改質聚乙烯醇、聚(N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺)、聚酯、聚醯亞胺、乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、羧基甲基纖維素、聚碳酸酯等。可使用矽烷偶合劑作為聚合物。水溶性聚合物(例如,聚(N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺)、羧基甲基纖維素、明膠、聚乙烯醇、改質聚乙烯醇)為佳、明膠、聚乙烯醇及改質聚乙烯醇為較佳、聚乙烯醇及改質聚乙烯醇為最佳。2種類併用聚合度不同之聚乙烯醇或改質聚乙烯醇為特佳。Examples of the polymer include a methacrylate copolymer, a styrene copolymer, a polyolefin, a polyvinyl alcohol, and a modified polyvinyl alcohol described in Paragraph No. [0022] in the specification of JP-A-8-338913. , poly(N-methylol acrylamide), polyester, polyimide, vinyl acetate copolymer, carboxymethyl cellulose, polycarbonate, and the like. A decane coupling agent can be used as the polymer. Water-soluble polymer (for example, poly(N-methylol acrylamide), carboxymethyl cellulose, gelatin, polyvinyl alcohol, modified polyvinyl alcohol) is preferred, gelatin, polyvinyl alcohol and modified polyethylene Alcohol is preferred, polyvinyl alcohol and modified polyvinyl alcohol are preferred. It is particularly preferable to use two types of polyvinyl alcohol or modified polyvinyl alcohol having different degrees of polymerization.

聚乙烯醇的皂化度係以70~100%為佳、80~100%為較佳。聚乙烯醇的聚合度係以100~5000為佳。The degree of saponification of polyvinyl alcohol is preferably from 70 to 100%, preferably from 80 to 100%. The degree of polymerization of polyvinyl alcohol is preferably from 100 to 5,000.

具有使液晶性分子配向機能之側鏈,一般係具有作為官能基之疏水性基。具體的官能基種類係根據液晶性分子的種類及必須之配向狀態來決定。A side chain having a function of aligning liquid crystal molecules, and generally has a hydrophobic group as a functional group. The specific functional group type is determined depending on the type of liquid crystal molecule and the necessary alignment state.

例如,改質聚乙烯醇的改質基,可藉由共聚合改質、鏈移動改質或嵌段聚合改質而導入。改質基的例子中,係舉例如親水性基(羧酸基、磺酸基、膦酸基、胺基、銨基、醯胺基、巰基等)、碳數10~100個的烴基、氟原子取代的烴基、硫醚基、聚合性基(不飽和聚合性基、環氧基、伸乙二亞胺基等)、烷氧基矽烷基(三烷氧基、二烷氧基、單烷氧基)等。此等改質聚乙烯醇化合物的具體例係舉例如特開2000-155216號公報說明書中的段落號碼[0022]~[0145]、同2002-62426號公報說明書中的段落號碼[0018]~[0022]中記載者等。For example, the modified base of the modified polyvinyl alcohol can be introduced by copolymerization modification, chain shift modification, or block polymerization modification. Examples of the modifying group include a hydrophilic group (a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phosphonic acid group, an amine group, an ammonium group, a decyl group, a fluorenyl group, etc.), a hydrocarbon group having 10 to 100 carbon atoms, and fluorine. Atom-substituted hydrocarbon group, thioether group, polymerizable group (unsaturated polymerizable group, epoxy group, ethylenediimide group, etc.), alkoxyalkyl group (trialkoxy group, dialkoxy group, monoalkane) Oxy) and the like. Specific examples of such modified polyvinyl alcohol compounds are, for example, paragraph numbers [0022] to [0145] in the specification of JP-A-2000-155216, and paragraph numbers [0018] in the specification of JP-A-2002-62426. The person recorded in 0022].

可使具有交聯性官能基之側鏈結合至配向膜聚合物的主鏈上,或者可在具有配向液晶性分子之機能的側鏈上導入交聯性官能基時,使配向膜的聚合物與光學異方向性層中含有的多官能單體進行共聚合。其結果,不止在多官能單體與多官能單體之間,即使在配向膜聚合物與配向膜聚合物之間、且多官能單體與配向膜聚合物之間,亦以共價鍵而堅強地鍵結著。因而,藉由將交聯性官能基導入配向膜聚合物,可顯著地改善光學補償薄膜的強度。The polymer of the alignment film can be obtained by binding a side chain having a crosslinkable functional group to the main chain of the alignment film polymer or by introducing a crosslinkable functional group on a side chain having a function of the alignment liquid crystal molecule Copolymerization with a polyfunctional monomer contained in the optically anisotropic layer. As a result, not only between the polyfunctional monomer and the polyfunctional monomer, but also between the alignment film polymer and the alignment film polymer, and between the polyfunctional monomer and the alignment film polymer, a covalent bond is Strongly bonded. Therefore, the strength of the optical compensation film can be remarkably improved by introducing a crosslinkable functional group into the alignment film polymer.

配向膜聚合物的交聯性官能基係與多官能單體同樣地,含有聚合性基為佳。具體地,舉例如特開2000-155216號公報說明書中段落號碼[0080]~[0100]記載者等。The crosslinkable functional group of the alignment film polymer preferably contains a polymerizable group in the same manner as the polyfunctional monomer. Specifically, for example, the paragraph number [0080] to [0100] in the specification of Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2000-155216, and the like.

配向膜聚合物係除了上述交聯性官能基以外,亦可使用交聯劑來使其交聯。The alignment film polymer may be crosslinked by using a crosslinking agent in addition to the above crosslinkable functional group.

交聯劑係包含醛、N-羥甲基化合物、二噁烷衍生物、經由活性化羧基而作用之化合物、活性乙烯基化合物、活性鹵化合物、異噁唑及二醛澱粉。亦可併用二種類以上的交聯劑。具體地,舉例如特開2002-62426號公報說明書中的段落號碼[0023]~[024]記載之化合物等。以反應活性高的醛、特別是戊二醛為佳。The crosslinking agent is an aldehyde, an N-methylol compound, a dioxane derivative, a compound which acts via an activated carboxyl group, a reactive vinyl compound, an active halogen compound, an isoxazole, and a dialdehyde starch. It is also possible to use two or more kinds of crosslinking agents in combination. Specifically, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs [0023] to [024] in the specification of JP-A-2002-62426. It is preferred to use a highly reactive aldehyde, particularly glutaraldehyde.

交聯劑的添加量係相對於聚合物以0.1~20質量%為佳、0.5~15質量%為較佳。殘存於配向膜之未反應交聯劑的量,1.0質量%以下為佳、0.5質量%以下為較佳。經由此等調節,配向膜即使在液晶顯示裝置中長期使用、或在高溫高濕的環境下長期間放置,亦可得到不會產生網狀物且充分的耐久性。The amount of the crosslinking agent to be added is preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, and preferably 0.5 to 15% by mass based on the total amount of the polymer. The amount of the unreacted crosslinking agent remaining in the alignment film is preferably 1.0% by mass or less, preferably 0.5% by mass or less. By this adjustment or the like, even if the alignment film is used for a long period of time in a liquid crystal display device or in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment, it is possible to obtain a mesh without sufficient durability.

配向膜係基本上可將含有配向膜形成材料之上述聚合物、交聯劑塗布至透明支持體上後,經由加熱乾燥(經交聯)、摩擦處理而形成。交聯反應係如上所述,塗布至透明支持體上後,可於任何時期進行。使用如聚乙烯醇般的水溶性聚合物以作為配向膜形成材料之情形中,塗布液係為有消泡作用之有機溶劑(例如,甲醇)與水之混合溶劑為佳。其比率係以質量比,水:甲醇為0:100~99:1為佳、0:100~91:9為較佳。藉此,泡的發生係為抑制,且顯著地減少配向膜、以及光學異方向性層之層表面的缺陷。The alignment film system can be formed by applying the above-mentioned polymer or crosslinking agent containing an alignment film forming material to a transparent support, followed by heat drying (crosslinking) and rubbing treatment. The crosslinking reaction can be carried out at any time after application to a transparent support as described above. In the case of using a water-soluble polymer such as polyvinyl alcohol as the material for forming an alignment film, the coating liquid is preferably a mixed solvent of an organic solvent having a defoaming action (for example, methanol) and water. The ratio is preferably in the mass ratio, water: methanol is preferably 0:100 to 99:1, and 0:100 to 91:9 is preferred. Thereby, the occurrence of bubbles is suppressed, and defects of the alignment film and the surface of the layer of the optically anisotropic layer are remarkably reduced.

配向膜的塗布方法係以旋沖塗布法、浸漬塗布法、簾幕塗布法、擠壓塗布法、棒材塗布法或輥塗布法為佳。特別是棒材塗布法為佳。又,乾燥後的膜厚為0.1~10μm為佳。加熱乾燥可在20℃~110℃下進行。為了形成充分交聯,以60℃~100℃為佳、特別是80℃~100℃為佳。乾燥時間係可以1分鐘~36小時進行,較佳為1分鐘~30分鐘。又pH係設定成最適合於使用的交聯劑之值為佳,使用戊二醛之情形中係以pH4.5~5.5、特別是5為佳。The coating method of the alignment film is preferably a spin coating method, a dip coating method, a curtain coating method, an extrusion coating method, a bar coating method, or a roll coating method. In particular, the bar coating method is preferred. Further, the film thickness after drying is preferably 0.1 to 10 μm. Heating and drying can be carried out at 20 ° C ~ 110 ° C. In order to form sufficient crosslinking, it is preferably 60 ° C to 100 ° C, particularly preferably 80 ° C to 100 ° C. The drying time can be carried out for 1 minute to 36 hours, preferably 1 minute to 30 minutes. Further, the pH is preferably set to a value suitable for the crosslinking agent to be used, and in the case of using glutaraldehyde, the pH is preferably 4.5 to 5.5, particularly preferably 5.

配向膜係在透明支持體表面、或基於所望之透明支持體之上設有底塗層之情形,可在形成於底塗層表面。配向膜係可在交聯如上述般的聚合物層後,藉由摩擦處理表面而進行製作。The alignment film may be formed on the surface of the undercoat layer in the case where the undercoat layer is provided on the surface of the transparent support or based on the desired transparent support. The alignment film can be produced by rubbing the surface after crosslinking the polymer layer as described above.

上述摩擦處理可應用作為LCD的液晶配向處理步驟而被廣泛採用之處理方法。即,配向膜的表面可使用藉由使用紙或消毒布、毛氈、橡膠或者尼龍、聚酯纖維等並在一定方向擦拭,以得到配向之方法。一般的話,可藉由使用平均地植毛長度及粗細均一的纖維之布等,並進行數回左右摩擦而實施。The above rubbing treatment can be applied as a processing method widely used as a liquid crystal alignment processing step of an LCD. That is, the surface of the alignment film can be obtained by using paper or a sterilizing cloth, felt, rubber or nylon, polyester fiber or the like and wiping in a certain direction to obtain an alignment. In general, it can be carried out by using a cloth of a fiber having an average planting length and a uniform thickness, and rubbing it for several times.

其次,發揮配向膜功能,使設置在配向膜上的光學異方向性層之液晶性圓盤狀化合物配向。隨後,亦可視需要使配向膜聚合物與含於光學異方向性層之多官能單體進行反應,或可使用交聯劑以交聯配向膜聚合物。Next, the alignment film function is exerted to align the liquid crystalline discotic compound of the optically anisotropic layer provided on the alignment film. Subsequently, the alignment film polymer may be reacted with the polyfunctional monomer contained in the optically anisotropic layer as needed, or a crosslinking agent may be used to crosslink the alignment film polymer.

配向膜的膜厚為0.1~10μm的範圍為佳。The film thickness of the alignment film is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 10 μm.

又,上述光學異方向性層亦可直接形成於偏光膜的表面。具體地,藉由將如上述般的光學異方向性層用塗布液塗布至偏光膜的表面,可形成光學異方向性層。其結果,在偏光膜與光學異方向性層之間不使用聚合物薄膜,以製作隨著偏光膜的尺寸變化而應力(翹曲×剖面積×彈性率)小的薄偏光板。將本發明第1態樣之該偏光板組裝至大型的液晶顯示裝置時,不會產生光漏等的問題,顯示高顯示品位的畫像。Further, the optically anisotropic layer may be formed directly on the surface of the polarizing film. Specifically, the optically anisotropic layer can be formed by applying the coating liquid for an optically anisotropic layer as described above to the surface of the polarizing film. As a result, a polymer film is not used between the polarizing film and the optically anisotropic layer, and a thin polarizing plate having a small stress (warpage × cross-sectional area × elastic modulus) as the size of the polarizing film changes is produced. When the polarizing plate according to the first aspect of the present invention is assembled to a large-sized liquid crystal display device, there is no problem such as light leakage, and an image with a high display quality is displayed.

[偏光膜][Polarizing film]

本發明的第1態樣中可使用的偏光膜係以Optiva Inc.為代表之塗布型偏光膜,或是黏結劑、與碘或二色性色素所構成之偏光膜為佳。偏光膜中的碘及二色性色素,係經由在黏結劑中配向而產生偏向性能。碘及二色性色素係沿著黏結劑分子而配向、或是藉由將二色性色素如液晶般自己組織化而配向成一方向為佳。現在市售的偏光子一般係藉由以下而製作:將經延伸的聚合物浸漬於浴槽中之碘或是二色性色素的溶液中,在黏結劑中使碘、或是二色性色素浸透於黏結劑中而可製作。The polarizing film which can be used in the first aspect of the present invention is a coating type polarizing film typified by Optiva Inc., or a polarizing film composed of a binder and iodine or a dichroic dye. The iodine and the dichroic dye in the polarizing film are deflected by alignment in the binder. The iodine and the dichroic dye are aligned along the binder molecules, or are aligned in a single direction by organizing the dichroic dye such as a liquid crystal. Commercially available polarizers are generally produced by immersing the stretched polymer in a solution of iodine or a dichroic dye in a bath to saturate iodine or a dichroic dye in the binder. It can be made in a binder.

市售的偏光膜係在離聚合物表面4μm左右(兩側合起來8μm左右)分布碘或是二色性色素,為了得到充分的偏光性能,使用10μm以上的厚度的偏光膜者為佳。浸透度可根據碘或是二色性色素的溶液濃度、該浴槽的溫度、該浸漬時間而加以控制。The commercially available polarizing film is mainly composed of iodine or a dichroic dye which is about 4 μm from the surface of the polymer (about 8 μm on both sides), and in order to obtain sufficient polarizing performance, a polarizing film having a thickness of 10 μm or more is preferably used. The degree of impregnation can be controlled according to the solution concentration of iodine or a dichroic dye, the temperature of the bath, and the immersion time.

如上述般,黏結劑厚度的下限係以10μm為佳。厚度之上限係從液晶顯示裝置光漏之觀點,越薄的話越好。現在市售的偏光板(約30μm)以下為佳、25μm以下為佳、20μm以下為較佳。為20μm以下時,光漏現象係在17英吋的液晶顯示裝置中觀察不到。As described above, the lower limit of the thickness of the binder is preferably 10 μm. The upper limit of the thickness is from the viewpoint of light leakage of the liquid crystal display device, and the thinner the better. Commercially available polarizing plates (about 30 μm) or less are preferred, and 25 μm or less is preferable, and 20 μm or less is preferable. When the thickness is 20 μm or less, the light leakage phenomenon is not observed in a 17-inch liquid crystal display device.

偏光膜的黏結劑可經交聯。經交聯的黏結劑可使用其可自體交聯之聚合物。在具有官能基之聚合物或者於聚合物中導入官能基所得之黏結劑係經由光、熱或者pH變化,使其於黏結劑間反應而可製造偏光膜。又,藉由交聯劑而可在聚合物中導入交聯構造。交聯一般係將含有聚合物或聚合物與交聯劑之混合物的塗布液塗布至透明支持體上後,經由進行加熱而實施。在最終商品的階段可確保形成耐久性優異之故,所以經交聯之處理也可在得到最終偏光板中的任一階段中進行。The binder of the polarizing film can be crosslinked. The crosslinked binder can be used as a self-crosslinkable polymer. A polarizing film can be produced by reacting a polymer having a functional group or introducing a functional group into a polymer by changing light, heat or pH to cause a reaction between the binders. Further, a crosslinked structure can be introduced into the polymer by a crosslinking agent. Cross-linking is generally carried out by applying a coating liquid containing a polymer or a mixture of a polymer and a crosslinking agent onto a transparent support, followed by heating. At the stage of the final product, it is ensured that the formation durability is excellent, so the crosslinking treatment can also be carried out in any stage in obtaining the final polarizing plate.

偏光膜的黏結劑亦可使用其自體可交聯之聚合物或者經由交聯劑被交聯之聚合物中任一者。聚合物之例係舉例如與在上述的配向膜中所記載之聚合物同樣者。聚乙烯醇及改質聚乙烯醇為最佳。關於改質聚乙烯醇係在特開平8-338913號、同9-152509號及同9-316127號之各公報中有記載。聚乙烯醇及改質聚乙烯醇亦可併用二種以上。The binder of the polarizing film may also be any of its self-crosslinkable polymer or a polymer crosslinked via a crosslinking agent. Examples of the polymer are, for example, the same as those described for the alignment film described above. Polyvinyl alcohol and modified polyvinyl alcohol are preferred. The modified polyvinyl alcohol is described in each of the publications of JP-A No. 8-338913, No. 9-152509, and No. 9-316127. Two or more kinds of polyvinyl alcohol and modified polyvinyl alcohol may be used in combination.

黏結劑之交聯劑的添加量係相對於黏結劑,0.1~20質量%為佳。偏光元件的配向性、偏光膜的耐濕熱性係為良好。The amount of the crosslinking agent added to the binder is preferably from 0.1 to 20% by mass based on the binder. The alignment of the polarizing element and the moist heat resistance of the polarizing film are good.

配向膜即使在交聯反應終了後,亦包含某程度未經反應之交聯劑。但是,殘存的交聯劑之量係在配向膜中為1.0質量%以下為佳、0.5質量%以下為較佳。這樣的話,將偏光膜組裝至液晶顯示裝置、長期使用、或在高溫高濕的環境下長期間放置,亦不會產生偏光度的降低。The alignment film contains a certain amount of unreacted crosslinking agent even after the end of the crosslinking reaction. However, the amount of the residual crosslinking agent is preferably 1.0% by mass or less and preferably 0.5% by mass or less in the alignment film. In this case, the polarizing film is assembled to the liquid crystal display device, used for a long period of time, or placed in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment for a long period of time, and the degree of polarization is not lowered.

交聯劑係在美國再發行專利23297號說明書中有記載。又,硼化合物(例如,硼酸、硼砂)亦可作為交聯劑使用。Crosslinking agents are described in the specification of U.S. Reissue Patent No. 23,297. Further, a boron compound (for example, boric acid or borax) can also be used as a crosslinking agent.

二色性色素係使用偶氮系色素、茋系色素、吡唑哢系色素、三苯基甲烷系色素、喹啉系色素、噁系色素、噻系色素或者蒽醌系色素。二色性色素以水溶性為佳。二色性色素係具有親水性取代基(例如,磺基、胺基、羥基)為佳。二色性色素之例係舉例如,發明協會公開技法、公技號碼2001-1745號、第58頁(發行日2001年3月15日)中記載之化合物。The dichroic dye is an azo dye, an anthraquinone dye, a pyrazolium dye, a triphenylmethane dye, a quinoline dye, or an evil. Pigment, thiophene A pigment or an anthraquinone pigment. The dichroic dye is preferably water soluble. The dichroic dye system preferably has a hydrophilic substituent (for example, a sulfo group, an amine group, or a hydroxyl group). Examples of the dichroic dyes are, for example, the compounds described in the Inventive Association Public Technology, Public Technology No. 2001-1745, and page 58 (issued on March 15, 2001).

偏光膜係從良率的觀點,黏結劑係向偏光膜的長度方向(MD方向)延伸(延伸法),或是經摩擦(摩擦法)後,以碘、二色性染料進行染色為佳。The polarizing film is preferably dyed from the viewpoint of the yield in the longitudinal direction (MD direction) of the polarizing film (extension method) or after rubbing (friction method), and is dyed with iodine or a dichroic dye.

延伸法之情形中,延伸倍率為2.5~30.0倍為佳、3.0~10.0倍為較佳。延伸可用在空氣中之乾式延伸而實施。又,亦可實施浸漬於水之狀態的濕式延伸。乾式延伸的延伸倍率係以2.5~5.0倍為佳、濕式延伸的延伸倍率係以3.0~10.0倍為佳。延伸步驟亦可分成包含斜向延伸之數回來進行。藉由分成數回,雖然以高倍率延伸亦可進一步均一延伸。在延伸前,於橫向或者縱向亦可進行若干的延伸(防止寬方向收縮的程度)。延伸可藉由在二軸延伸之拉幅機,以左右延伸不同之步驟進行而加以實施。上述二軸延伸係與一般薄膜製膜中所進行的延伸方法相同。二軸延伸中,因為藉由左右不同的速度而延伸,所以延伸前黏結劑薄膜的厚度必須左右為不同。流延製膜中,藉由在模頭裝上錐體,可在黏結劑溶液流量上拉開左右之差異。In the case of the stretching method, the stretching ratio is preferably 2.5 to 30.0 times, preferably 3.0 to 10.0 times. The extension can be implemented with a dry extension in the air. Further, it is also possible to perform wet stretching in a state of being immersed in water. The stretching ratio of the dry stretching is preferably 2.5 to 5.0 times, and the stretching ratio of the wet stretching is preferably 3.0 to 10.0 times. The step of extending can also be carried out by dividing the number including the oblique extension. By dividing into several times, although extending at a high magnification, it can be further uniformly extended. A number of extensions (to the extent of preventing wide-direction contraction) can also be made in the lateral or longitudinal direction before extension. The extension can be carried out by a different stretching step in a tenter extending in two directions. The above biaxial stretching system is the same as the stretching method performed in general film forming. In the biaxial stretching, since the stretching is performed by different speeds at right and left, the thickness of the adhesive film before stretching must be different from left to right. In the cast film formation, the difference between the left and right can be pulled up in the flow rate of the binder solution by attaching a cone to the die.

摩擦法的話可應用作為LCD液晶配向處理步驟所廣泛採用之摩擦處理方法。亦即是,膜的表面係藉由使用紙或消毒布、毛氈、橡膠或者尼龍、聚酯纖維於一定方向進行擦拭,以得到配向。一般而言,可藉由使用平均地植毛長度及粗細為均一的纖維之布,進行數回左右摩擦而實施。使用輥自身的正圓度、圓筒度、偏轉(偏芯)均為30μm以下之摩擦輥而實施為佳。對摩擦輥之薄膜的拋光角度係0.1~90°為佳。但是,如特開平8-160430號公報中所記載般,經由捲曲至360°以上,亦能進行安定的摩擦處理。摩擦處理長條狀薄膜之情形中,薄膜係藉由搬送裝置在一定張力之狀態下,以1~100m/min的速度加以搬送為佳。摩擦輥係因設定任意的摩擦角度,而能在相對於薄膜進行方向為水平方向自由旋轉為佳。在0~60°的範圍選擇適當的摩擦角度為佳。The rubbing method can be applied as a rubbing treatment method widely used in the LCD liquid crystal alignment processing step. That is, the surface of the film is wiped in a certain direction by using paper or sterilizing cloth, felt, rubber or nylon or polyester fiber to obtain alignment. In general, it can be carried out by using a cloth having an average planting length and a uniform thickness and rubbing a plurality of times. It is preferable to use a friction roller having a roundness, a cylindricality, and a deflection (eccentricity) of the roller itself of 30 μm or less. The polishing angle of the film of the rubbing roller is preferably 0.1 to 90°. However, as described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 8-160430, a stable rubbing treatment can be performed by crimping to 360° or more. In the case of rubbing a long strip film, it is preferable that the film is conveyed at a speed of 1 to 100 m/min under a certain tension by a transfer device. The friction roller is preferably freely rotatable in a horizontal direction with respect to the film direction by setting an arbitrary friction angle. It is preferable to select an appropriate rubbing angle in the range of 0 to 60°.

關於本發明第1態樣之偏光板可以捲進捲出的方式而製造者為佳。捲進捲出方式之製法中,例如將捲成輥狀之長條狀保護膜、與捲成輥狀之長條狀偏光膜,一面連續地積層、一面再捲曲成輥狀。因為可連續地製造,所以有助於生產性的提升。It is preferable that the polarizing plate according to the first aspect of the present invention can be wound up and wound out. In the method of the roll-in/roll-out method, for example, a long protective film wound in a roll shape and a long polarizing film wound in a roll shape are continuously laminated and further curled into a roll shape. Because it can be manufactured continuously, it contributes to the improvement of productivity.

在偏光膜的一方表面上,亦可貼合於透明支持體(亦有保護膜)上形成上述光學異方向性層之積層體(以下,該積層體亦有稱為「光學補償薄膜」之情形)。貼合偏光膜之面係為透明支持體的裏面(光學異方向性層沒有形成之側的面)者為佳。貼合時,可使用接著劑。接著劑可使用聚乙烯醇系樹脂(包含基於乙醯乙醯基、磺酸基、羧基、氧基伸烷基之改質聚乙烯醇)或硼化合物水溶液。聚乙烯醇系樹脂為佳。在偏光膜及/或光學補償薄膜的貼合面上,塗布上述接著劑以形成接著劑層,重疊雙方,可根據所望進行加熱或是加壓使其貼合。上述接著劑層的厚度係在乾燥後為0.01~10μm的範圍為佳、0.05~5μm的範圍為特佳。On one surface of the polarizing film, a laminated body in which the optically anisotropic layer is formed on a transparent support (also a protective film) may be bonded (hereinafter, the laminated body may also be referred to as an "optical compensation film"). ). The surface to which the polarizing film is bonded is preferably the inside of the transparent support (the side on which the optically isotropic layer is not formed). When bonding, an adhesive can be used. As the subsequent agent, a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin (including a modified polyvinyl alcohol based on an ethyl sulfonium group, a sulfonic acid group, a carboxyl group, or an alkyloxy group) or an aqueous solution of a boron compound can be used. A polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is preferred. The adhesive is applied to the bonding surface of the polarizing film and/or the optical compensation film to form an adhesive layer, and both of them are laminated, and they can be bonded by heating or pressurization as desired. The thickness of the above-mentioned adhesive layer is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 10 μm after drying, and particularly preferably in the range of 0.05 to 5 μm.

光學補償薄膜與偏光膜均可以捲進捲出樣式進行積層。Both the optical compensation film and the polarizing film can be wound into the unwinding pattern for lamination.

在偏光膜的另一面上,貼合保護膜之聚合物薄膜等。該聚合物薄膜若為具有能夠作為偏光膜保護薄膜之機能特性的話,材料方面係沒有特別地限制。又,該聚合物薄膜係亦可設計成其最表面具有防污性及耐擦傷性之抗反射膜。抗反射膜係亦可使用以往眾所周知中任一者。On the other surface of the polarizing film, a polymer film or the like of a protective film is bonded. The material of the polymer film is not particularly limited as long as it has functional properties as a protective film for a polarizing film. Further, the polymer film may be designed as an antireflection film having antifouling properties and scratch resistance on the outermost surface. The antireflection film system can also be used in any of the conventionally known ones.

為了提高液晶顯示裝置的對比,偏光板的穿透率高者為佳,偏光度亦高者為佳。偏光板的穿透率係在波長550nm的光中,30~50%的範圍為佳、35~50%的範圍為較佳、40~50%的範圍為最佳。偏光度係在波長550nm的光中,90~100%的範圍為佳、95~100%的範圍為較佳、99~100%的範圍為最佳。In order to improve the contrast of the liquid crystal display device, the transmittance of the polarizing plate is preferably higher, and the polarizing degree is also higher. The transmittance of the polarizing plate is in the light having a wavelength of 550 nm, preferably in the range of 30 to 50%, preferably in the range of 35 to 50%, and preferably in the range of 40 to 50%. The degree of polarization is preferably in the range of 90 to 100% in the light having a wavelength of 550 nm, preferably in the range of 95 to 100%, and preferably in the range of 99 to 100%.

(2)本發明的第2態樣(2) The second aspect of the present invention

以下,利用圖面以說明本發明該第2態樣之作用。Hereinafter, the action of the second aspect of the present invention will be described using the drawings.

第3圖係表示本發明第2態樣之該液晶顯示裝置的構成例之模式圖。第3圖中所示之TN模式的液晶顯示裝置係在電壓施加時、亦即黑顯示時,具有液晶對於基板面為彎曲配向之液晶層57與挾持其之基板56及58所構成之液晶胞。基板56及58係施加向液晶面之配向處理,摩擦方向係以箭號RD表示。裏面之情形係以虛線箭號表示。挾持液晶胞並配置偏光膜51及61。偏光膜51及61各自的穿透軸52及62係互相正交,且與液晶胞之液晶層57的RD方向成0度或90度的角度而配置。偏光膜51及61與液晶胞之間,係分別配置透明薄膜53及63、與光學異方向性層55及59。透明薄膜53及63係其遲相軸53a及63a,與其各自鄰接的偏光膜51及61之穿透軸52及62方向成平行配置。又,光學異方向性層55及59係具有經由配向液晶性化合物而發現的光學異方向性。Fig. 3 is a schematic view showing a configuration example of the liquid crystal display device of the second aspect of the present invention. The liquid crystal display device of the TN mode shown in FIG. 3 has a liquid crystal cell composed of a liquid crystal layer 57 whose liquid crystal is curved and aligned with the substrate surface and a substrate 56 and 58 which are held by the liquid crystal when the voltage is applied, that is, when the black display is performed. . The substrates 56 and 58 are applied to the alignment of the liquid crystal surface, and the rubbing direction is indicated by an arrow RD. The situation inside is indicated by a dotted arrow. The liquid crystal cell is held and the polarizing films 51 and 61 are disposed. The transmission axes 52 and 62 of the polarizing films 51 and 61 are orthogonal to each other, and are disposed at an angle of 0 or 90 degrees with respect to the RD direction of the liquid crystal layer 57 of the liquid crystal cell. The transparent films 53 and 63 and the optically anisotropic layers 55 and 59 are disposed between the polarizing films 51 and 61 and the liquid crystal cell. The transparent films 53 and 63 are formed by the retardation axes 53a and 63a in parallel with the directions of the transmission axes 52 and 62 of the polarizing films 51 and 61 adjacent thereto. Further, the optically anisotropic layers 55 and 59 have an optical anisotropy which is found by aligning a liquid crystal compound.

第3圖中的液晶胞係具有由上側基板56及下側基板58,與將其挾持之液晶分子57所形成之液晶層。在接觸基板56及58之液晶分子57的表面(以下,有稱為「內面」之情形)中,形成配向膜(不圖示),並將電壓無施加狀態或是低施加狀態中液晶分子57的配向控制成具有預傾角之平行方向。又,基板56及58的內面中,在液晶分子57所構成之液晶層形成可施加電壓之透明電極(不圖示)。本發明的第2態樣方面,液晶層的厚度d(微米)與折射率異方向性△n的積△n.d為0.1~1.5微米者為佳、再者,以0.2~1.5微米為較佳、0.2~1.2微米為更佳、0.6~0.9微米為進一步更佳。在此等範圍中藉由提高白電壓施加時的白顯示亮度,可得到明顯對比高的顯示裝置。關於所使用的液晶材料方面係沒有特別地限制,在上下基板56及58間施加電場之態樣中,使用正介電率異方向性的液晶材料,以使平行於電場方向之液晶分子57應答。The liquid crystal cell layer in Fig. 3 has a liquid crystal layer formed of the upper substrate 56 and the lower substrate 58 and the liquid crystal molecules 57 held thereby. In the surface of the liquid crystal molecules 57 contacting the substrates 56 and 58 (hereinafter referred to as "inner surface"), an alignment film (not shown) is formed, and the liquid crystal molecules are applied in a voltage-free state or in a low applied state. The alignment of 57 is controlled to have a parallel direction of pretilt angle. Further, on the inner faces of the substrates 56 and 58, a transparent electrode (not shown) to which a voltage can be applied is formed in the liquid crystal layer composed of the liquid crystal molecules 57. In a second aspect of the invention, the thickness d (micrometer) of the liquid crystal layer and the product of the refractive index anisotropy Δn Δn. The d is preferably 0.1 to 1.5 μm, and further preferably 0.2 to 1.5 μm, more preferably 0.2 to 1.2 μm, and further preferably 0.6 to 0.9 μm. In such a range, by increasing the white display brightness when the white voltage is applied, a display device having a significantly high contrast can be obtained. The liquid crystal material to be used is not particularly limited. In the aspect in which an electric field is applied between the upper and lower substrates 56 and 58, a liquid crystal material having a positive dielectric anisotropy is used to respond to the liquid crystal molecules 57 parallel to the electric field direction. .

例如,液晶胞為TN模式液晶胞之情形中,在上下基板56及58間可使用介電異方向性為正,且△n=0.08、△ε=5左右的向列液晶材料等。關於液晶層的厚度d方面係沒有特別地限制,使用上述範圍之特性液晶情形下,可設定成6微米左右。根據厚度d、與白電壓施加時的折射率異方向性△n之積△n.d的大小,白顯示時的亮度係為變化之故,所以為了得到白電壓施加時的充分亮度,將在無施加狀態中液晶層的△n.d設定在0.6~1.5微米的範圍為佳。For example, in the case where the liquid crystal cell is a TN mode liquid crystal cell, a nematic liquid crystal material having positive dielectric anisotropy and Δn=0.08, Δε=5 or the like can be used between the upper and lower substrates 56 and 58. The thickness d of the liquid crystal layer is not particularly limited, and in the case of using a liquid crystal having the above-described characteristics, it can be set to about 6 μm. According to the thickness d, the product of the refractive index anisotropy Δn when applied with a white voltage Δn. The size of d, the brightness of the white display is changed, so in order to obtain sufficient brightness when the white voltage is applied, the liquid crystal layer will be Δn in the non-applied state. The d is preferably in the range of 0.6 to 1.5 μm.

此外,TN模式的液晶顯示裝置中,亦可添加為了減低配向不良之對掌材。又,具有TN模式中使用多區域構造。多區域構造係所謂將液晶顯示裝置的一像素分割成複數區域之構造。例如,TN模式中形成多區域構造時,因為亮度或色調的視野角特性係為改善之故而為佳。具體地,各像素係藉由在液晶分子的初期配向狀態為互相不同之2以上(較佳為4或8)的區域構成、平均化,可減低依存於視野角之亮度或色調的偏差。又,各個像素在電壓施加狀態下,係從從液晶分子的配向方向為連續變化的互相不同之2以上的區域而構成,亦可得到同樣的效果。Further, in the liquid crystal display device of the TN mode, it is also possible to add a pair of materials for reducing misalignment. Also, a multi-region structure is used in the TN mode. The multi-domain structure is a structure in which one pixel of a liquid crystal display device is divided into a plurality of regions. For example, when a multi-region structure is formed in the TN mode, it is preferable that the viewing angle characteristics of luminance or hue are improved. Specifically, each pixel is configured and averaged in a region in which the initial alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules is 2 or more (preferably 4 or 8) different from each other, and variations in luminance or color tone depending on the viewing angle can be reduced. Further, in the voltage application state, each pixel is configured from a region different from each other in which the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules is continuously changed, and the same effect can be obtained.

透明薄膜53及63係在波長450nm中Re與Rth之比Re/Rth(450nm)係為在波長550nm中Re/Rth(550nm)的0.39~0.95倍,在波長650nm中Re/Rth(650nm)係滿足為Re/Rth(550nm)的1.04~2.20倍之關係,且Rth為70~400nm。透明薄膜53及63可具有作為光學異方向性層55及59之支持體的機能、亦可具有作為偏光膜51與偏光膜61之保護膜的機能、亦可具有其雙方機能。即,偏光膜51、透明薄膜53及光學異方向性層55、或偏光膜61、透明薄膜63及光學異方向性層59可組裝至液晶顯示裝置內部作為經一體化之積層體,亦可其各自組裝作為單獨的構件。又,在透明薄膜53與偏光膜51之間、或透明薄膜63與偏光膜61之間,亦可為配置其他用途之偏光膜用保護膜的構成,惟以不配置該保護膜為佳。透明薄膜53的遲相軸53a、透明薄膜63的遲相軸63a係彼此實質上平行或是正交為佳。透明薄膜53及63的遲相軸53a及63a係互相正交時,藉由互相打消各透明薄膜的雙折射,可減低垂直入射液晶顯示裝置之光的光學特性變差。又,遲相軸53a及63a係為互相平行之態樣,於液晶層有殘留相位差之情形中可藉由保護膜的雙折射,以補償其相位差。The transparent films 53 and 63 are at a wavelength of 450 nm, and the ratio of Re to Rth, Re/Rth (450 nm), is 0.39 to 0.95 times Re/Rth (550 nm) at a wavelength of 550 nm, and Re/Rth (650 nm) at a wavelength of 650 nm. It satisfies the relationship of 1.04 to 2.20 times of Re/Rth (550 nm), and Rth is 70 to 400 nm. The transparent films 53 and 63 may have a function as a support of the optically anisotropic layers 55 and 59, or may have a function as a protective film of the polarizing film 51 and the polarizing film 61, or may have both functions. In other words, the polarizing film 51, the transparent film 53, the optically anisotropic layer 55, or the polarizing film 61, the transparent film 63, and the optically anisotropic layer 59 can be incorporated into the liquid crystal display device as an integrated laminated body, or Each is assembled as a separate component. Further, between the transparent film 53 and the polarizing film 51, or between the transparent film 63 and the polarizing film 61, a protective film for a polarizing film for other purposes may be disposed, but it is preferable that the protective film is not disposed. The retardation axis 53a of the transparent film 53 and the slow axis 63a of the transparent film 63 are preferably substantially parallel or orthogonal to each other. When the retardation axes 53a and 63a of the transparent films 53 and 63 are orthogonal to each other, the birefringence of each transparent film is canceled, and the optical characteristics of the light perpendicular to the liquid crystal display device can be reduced. Further, the retardation axes 53a and 63a are parallel to each other, and the phase difference can be compensated by the birefringence of the protective film in the case where the liquid crystal layer has a residual phase difference.

關於偏光膜51及61的穿透軸52及62、透明薄膜53及63的遲相軸方向53a及63a、以及液晶分子57的配向方向,係按照各構件中所使用的材料、顯示模式、構件的積層構造等調整至最合適的範圍。亦即是偏光膜51的穿透軸52及偏光膜61的穿透軸62係配置成互相實質上成正交。但是,關於本發明第2態樣之該液晶顯示裝置係不需限制於該構成。The transmission axes 52a and 62 of the polarizing films 51 and 61, the slow axis directions 53a and 63a of the transparent films 53 and 63, and the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules 57 are based on the materials, display modes, and members used in the respective members. The laminated structure and the like are adjusted to the most suitable range. That is, the transmission axis 52 of the polarizing film 51 and the transmission axis 62 of the polarizing film 61 are arranged to be substantially orthogonal to each other. However, the liquid crystal display device according to the second aspect of the present invention is not limited to this configuration.

光學異方向性層55及59係配置於透明薄膜53及63、與液晶胞之間。光學異方向性層55及59係由液晶性化合物、例如含有棒狀化合物或圓盤狀化合物之組成物所形成之層。光學異方向性層中,液晶性化合物的分子係固定成規定的配向狀態。光學異方向性層55及59中液晶性化合物之分子對稱軸的、至少透明薄膜53及63側之界面中的配向平均方向55a及59a、與透明薄膜53及63之面內遲相軸53a及63a,係以大略0度或大略90度(第3圖中係顯示以90度交叉之例)交叉。以該關係配置時,光學異方向性層55或59係對於來自法線方向之入射光產生遲滯值,而不會產生光漏,且對於來自斜向方向之入射光的話,可充分表現本發明第2態樣之效果。即使在液晶胞側的界面 中,光學異方向性層55及59之分子對稱軸的配向平均方向,係透明薄膜53及63之面內遲相軸53a及63a為大略0度或大略90度者為佳。又,光學異方向性層55之液晶性化合物的分子對稱軸之偏光膜側(透明薄膜界面側)的配向平均方向55a,與位置更相近之偏光膜51的穿透軸52係配置成大略0度或大略90度者為佳(第3圖中係顯示0度的配置)。同樣地,光學異方向性層59之液晶性化合物的分子對稱軸之偏光膜側(透明薄膜界面側)的配向平均方向59a,係與位置更接近之偏光膜61的穿透軸62配置成大略0度或大略90度者為佳(第3圖中係顯示0度的配置)。以該關係配置時,可按照光學異方向性層55或59產生之遲滯值與在液晶層產生之遲滯值之和進行光切換,且對於來自斜向方向之入射光的話,可充分表現出本發明第2態樣之效果。The optically oriented layers 55 and 59 are disposed between the transparent films 53 and 63 and the liquid crystal cell. The optically anisotropic layers 55 and 59 are layers formed of a liquid crystal compound, for example, a composition containing a rod-like compound or a disk-shaped compound. In the optically anisotropic layer, the molecular system of the liquid crystal compound is fixed in a predetermined alignment state. In the optically isotropic layers 55 and 59, the molecular symmetry axes of the liquid crystal compounds, at least the alignment average directions 55a and 59a in the interface between the transparent films 53 and 63, and the in-plane slow axis 53a of the transparent films 53 and 63 and 63a, which is roughly 0 degrees or roughly 90 degrees (the figure in Figure 3 shows a cross at 90 degrees). When arranged in this relationship, the optically anisotropic layer 55 or 59 generates a hysteresis value for incident light from the normal direction without generating light leakage, and the present invention can be sufficiently represented for incident light from an oblique direction. The effect of the second aspect. Even at the interface of the liquid crystal cell side The orientation average direction of the molecular symmetry axes of the optically anisotropic layers 55 and 59 is preferably such that the in-plane slow axises 53a and 63a of the transparent films 53 and 63 are substantially 0 degrees or substantially 90 degrees. Further, in the alignment average direction 55a of the polarizing film side (transparent film interface side) of the molecular symmetry axis of the liquid crystal compound of the optically anisotropic layer 55, the transmission axis 52 of the polarizing film 51 which is closer to the position is arranged to be substantially 0. Degrees or roughly 90 degrees are better (in Figure 3, the configuration shows 0 degrees). Similarly, the alignment average direction 59a of the polarizing film side (transparent film interface side) of the molecular symmetry axis of the liquid crystal compound of the optically anisotropic layer 59 is arranged to be substantially larger than the transmission axis 62 of the polarizing film 61 which is closer to the position. 0 degrees or slightly 90 degrees is better (the figure shown in Figure 3 shows 0 degrees). When configured in this relationship, the light can be switched according to the sum of the hysteresis value generated by the optical anisotropic layer 55 or 59 and the hysteresis value generated in the liquid crystal layer, and the incident light from the oblique direction can be sufficiently expressed. The effect of the second aspect of the invention.

其次,說明第3圖液晶顯示裝置的畫像顯示之原理。Next, the principle of the image display of the liquid crystal display device of Fig. 3 will be described.

對液晶胞基板56及58的各個透明電極(不圖示)施加對應黑之驅動電壓之驅動狀態中,液晶層中的液晶分子57係從初期狀態的扭取配向變形成液晶分子為接近站立之狀態,正面方向中入射的光之偏光狀態係幾乎不會變化。因為偏光膜51及61的穿透軸52及62係為正交,所以從下側(例如背面電極)入射的光,係因偏光膜61而偏光,持續維持偏光狀態下通過液晶胞55~58,而被偏光膜51遮斷。亦即是第3圖的液晶顯示裝置中,在實現驅動狀態中的黑顯示。相對於此,在對透明電極(不圖示)施加對應於白之驅 動電壓的驅動狀態中,液晶層中的液晶分子57係變形接近於扭取配向狀態,藉由入射光的偏光面通過液晶胞,迴轉90度左右並通過偏光膜51。亦即是能得到白顯示。In a driving state in which a driving voltage corresponding to black is applied to each of the transparent electrodes (not shown) of the liquid crystal cell substrates 56 and 58, the liquid crystal molecules 57 in the liquid crystal layer are changed from the twisted alignment in the initial state to form liquid crystal molecules to be close to standing. In the state, the polarization state of the incident light in the front direction hardly changes. Since the transmission axes 52 and 62 of the polarizing films 51 and 61 are orthogonal to each other, light incident from the lower side (for example, the back surface electrode) is polarized by the polarizing film 61, and continues to maintain the polarized state through the liquid crystal cells 55 to 58. And is blocked by the polarizing film 51. That is, in the liquid crystal display device of Fig. 3, black display in the driving state is realized. On the other hand, a transparent electrode (not shown) is applied corresponding to the white drive. In the driving state of the dynamic voltage, the liquid crystal molecules 57 in the liquid crystal layer are deformed close to the twisted alignment state, and the polarizing surface of the incident light passes through the liquid crystal cell, and is rotated by about 90 degrees and passed through the polarizing film 51. That is, you can get a white display.

以往在TN模式中,係以提高正面的對比又斜向方向係為降低之課題。專利第2587398號公報中係為了提高斜向方向的視角對比,藉由補償液晶胞與光學異方向性層,可得到高對比,但是上下的偏光膜51及61之穿透軸52及62的交叉角係為正面的90°正交,從斜向所觀察到的情形係從90°偏移係則沒有被充分考慮,因為該主要因素而有在斜向方向中產生光漏,降低對比的問題。第3圖中所示構成之本發明該第2態樣之液晶顯示裝置係著眼於該觀點,藉由使用各R、G、B中的Re/Rth係為不一致、具有滿足特定條件之光學特性之透明薄膜53(或63),黑顯示時斜向方向中的光漏係為減輕,並改善了對比。In the past, in the TN mode, the problem of lowering the contrast of the front side and the direction of the oblique direction was reduced. In the Japanese Patent No. 2587398, in order to improve the viewing angle contrast in the oblique direction, high contrast can be obtained by compensating the liquid crystal cell and the optical anisotropic layer, but the crossing axes 52 and 62 of the upper and lower polarizing films 51 and 61 cross. The angle system is 90° orthogonal to the front, and the situation observed from the oblique direction is not fully considered from the 90° offset system, because the main factor causes light leakage in the oblique direction, which reduces the problem of contrast. . In the liquid crystal display device of the second aspect of the present invention, which is configured as shown in FIG. 3, the Re/Rth system in each of R, G, and B is inconsistent and has optical characteristics satisfying specific conditions. The transparent film 53 (or 63), the light leakage in the oblique direction in the black display is reduced, and the contrast is improved.

更詳而言之,本發明的第2態樣係藉由使用具有上述光學特性之透明薄膜,關於入射斜向方向之R、G、B各波長的光,可對每波長不同之遲相軸及遲滯值進行光學補償。再者,固定液晶性化合物配向之光學異方向性層(第3圖中、55及59),藉由將液晶性化合物的分子對稱軸之透明薄膜側界面中的配向平均方向、與透明薄膜的遲相軸以0度或90度將其配置成交叉般,TN配向的獨特補償方式可在全部的波長中進行。其結果,黑顯示的視角對比係為特別提升的同時,又黑顯示之視角方向中的著色係亦被特別地減輕。More specifically, in the second aspect of the present invention, by using a transparent film having the above optical characteristics, light of respective wavelengths of R, G, and B in the incident oblique direction can be different for each wavelength. And the hysteresis value is optically compensated. Further, the optically anisotropic layer (Fig. 3, 55 and 59) in which the liquid crystal compound is aligned is fixed by the alignment average direction in the transparent film side interface of the molecular symmetry axis of the liquid crystal compound, and the transparent film. The slow phase axis is configured to be cross-over at 0 or 90 degrees, and the unique compensation of the TN alignment can be performed at all wavelengths. As a result, the contrast of the viewing angle of the black display is particularly improved, and the coloring system in the viewing direction of the black display is also particularly alleviated.

此處,本說明書中,R、G、B的波長係使用R為波長650nm、G為波長550nm、B為波長450nm。R、G、B的波長不一定要以該波長為代表者,可考慮為了規定表現出本發明的第2態樣效果之光學特性的適當波長。Here, in the present specification, the wavelengths of R, G, and B are such that R is a wavelength of 650 nm, G is a wavelength of 550 nm, and B is a wavelength of 450 nm. The wavelengths of R, G, and B do not necessarily have to be represented by the wavelength, and it is conceivable to specify an appropriate wavelength for exhibiting the optical characteristics of the second aspect of the present invention.

特別是,本發明的第2態樣係著眼於透明薄膜的Re與Rth之比的Re/Rth。就因為該Re/Rth之值係決定雙折射媒體在斜向方向前進光的傳播中2個固有偏光的軸。所以雙折射媒體於斜向方向前進光的傳播中2個固有偏光的軸,係對應於折射率楕圓體在光進行方向的法線方向切開時所產生之剖面的長軸與短軸的方向。第4圖係顯示在本發明第2態樣中所使用的透明薄膜中,於斜向方向入射前進的光之情形中,某2個固有偏光之1個軸的方向、亦即是該情形係計算遲相軸的角度、與Re/Rth關係的結果之一例。此外,第4圖中,光的傳播方向係設定成方位角=45度、極角=34度。如第4圖中所示般,遲相軸的角度係不取決於入射光的波長,基本上係根據Re/Rth而決定。經由通過透明薄膜之入射光的偏光狀態如何變化,係主要由該透明薄膜的遲相軸方位及該透明薄膜的遲滯值所決定,但是以往的技術中係無論R、G、B各波長如何Re/Rth之值係大致上相同、亦即是遲相軸角度亦大致上相同。相對於此,本發明的第2態樣中關於R、G、B各波長,係藉由各別規定Re/Rth的關係,主要決定偏光狀態變化的因素之遲相軸及遲滯值雙方係在R、G、B各波長中為最適化。然後,通過透明薄膜之斜向方向的光,係通過液晶性化合物的配向被固定之光學異方向性層,然後通過彎曲配向之液晶層時,同時補償無論是哪個波長之遲滯值及上下偏光膜表觀的穿透軸從正面偏移之所謂2個主要因素般,使透明薄膜的Re/Rth之值係根據波長加以調整。具體地,藉由波長越大越增大透明薄膜的Re/Rth,由於光學異方向性層及液晶胞層的波長分散所發生的R、G、B中的偏光狀態可能變得沒有差異。其結果,可以完全的補償,並減輕對比的降低。若以R、G、B代表可見光全區域來決定薄膜的參數的話,可對可見光全區域進行所謂大致上完全的補償。In particular, the second aspect of the present invention focuses on Re/Rth of the ratio of Re to Rth of the transparent film. Just because the value of Re/Rth is the axis of the two inherent polarizations in the propagation of the birefringent medium in the oblique direction. Therefore, the axis of the two inherent polarizations in the propagation of the light in the oblique direction of the birefringent medium corresponds to the direction of the major axis and the minor axis of the profile produced by the refractive index 楕 round body when it is cut in the normal direction of the light proceeding direction. . Fig. 4 is a view showing the direction of one axis of one of two inherent polarizations in the case where the forward light is incident in the oblique direction in the transparent film used in the second aspect of the present invention, that is, the case An example of the result of calculating the relationship between the angle of the slow phase axis and Re/Rth. Further, in Fig. 4, the direction of propagation of light is set to azimuth angle = 45 degrees and polar angle = 34 degrees. As shown in Fig. 4, the angle of the slow phase axis is not dependent on the wavelength of the incident light, and is basically determined according to Re/Rth. How the polarization state of the incident light passing through the transparent film changes is mainly determined by the retardation axis orientation of the transparent film and the hysteresis value of the transparent film, but in the prior art, regardless of the wavelengths of R, G, and B, The values of /Rth are substantially the same, that is, the angles of the slow phase axes are substantially the same. On the other hand, in the second aspect of the present invention, the respective wavelengths of R, G, and B are determined by the relationship of Re/Rth, and the retardation axis and the hysteresis value which are mainly factors for determining the change in the polarization state are tied to each other. The wavelengths of R, G, and B are optimized. Then, the light passing through the oblique direction of the transparent film is an optically anisotropic layer fixed by the alignment of the liquid crystal compound, and then the liquid crystal layer of the alignment is bent, and at the same time, the hysteresis value of the wavelength and the upper and lower polarizing films are compensated at the same time. The value of the Re/Rth of the transparent film is adjusted according to the wavelength, as the so-called two main factors of the apparent transmission axis shifting from the front side. Specifically, the larger the wavelength, the larger the Re/Rth of the transparent film, and the polarization state in R, G, and B which occurs due to the wavelength dispersion of the optical anisotropic layer and the liquid crystal cell layer may not be different. As a result, it is possible to fully compensate and reduce the reduction in contrast. If R, G, and B represent the entire visible light region to determine the parameters of the film, so-called substantially complete compensation can be performed for the entire visible light region.

此處,定義極角與方位角。極角係從薄膜面的法線方向、即從第3圖中的z軸之傾角,例如薄膜面的法線方向係為極角=0度的方向。方位角係表示x軸正的方向為基準而逆時鐘方向回轉之方位,例如x軸正的方向係方位角=0度的方向、y軸正的方向係方位角=90度的方向。黑顯示的光漏為最主要問題之斜向方向係因為偏光層的偏光軸為±45,所以主要指在極角不是0度之情形,且方位角=0度、90度、180度、270度之情形。Here, define the polar angle and azimuth. The polar angle is from the normal direction of the film surface, that is, the inclination of the z-axis in Fig. 3, for example, the normal direction of the film surface is a direction of polar angle = 0 degrees. The azimuth angle indicates the direction in which the positive x-axis direction is the reference and the direction of rotation in the counterclockwise direction. For example, the direction in which the x-axis is positive is a direction in which the azimuth angle is 0 degrees, and the direction in which the y-axis is positive is a direction in which the azimuth angle is 90 degrees. The black light leakage is the most important problem. The oblique direction is because the polarizing axis of the polarizing layer is ±45, so it mainly refers to the case where the polar angle is not 0 degrees, and the azimuth angle is 0 degrees, 90 degrees, 180 degrees, 270. Degree of situation.

為了更詳細說明本發明的第2態樣之作用,將入射至液晶顯示裝置的光之偏光狀態表示於第5圖、第6圖中的鮑英卡勒球(Poincare sphere)上。此外,第5圖中S2軸係從紙面上向下垂直貫穿的軸、第5圖係鮑英卡勒球從S2軸正的方向所觀察之圖。又,由於第5圖係平面表示,所以偏光狀態變化前與變化後之點的變位係以圖中直線的箭號來表示,但實際上經由通過液晶層或透明薄膜之偏光狀態的變化,在鮑英卡勒球上係根據各自的光學特性所決定之特定軸圈上,迴轉特定的角度來所表示。In order to explain in more detail the action of the second aspect of the present invention, the state of polarization of light incident on the liquid crystal display device is shown on the Poincare sphere in FIGS. 5 and 6. Further, in Fig. 5, the S2 axis is a view perpendicularly penetrating from the plane of the paper, and Fig. 5 is a view of the Bowingkale sphere viewed from the positive direction of the S2 axis. Further, since the fifth figure is a plane, the displacement of the point before and after the change of the polarization state is indicated by the arrow of the straight line in the figure, but actually the change of the polarization state by the liquid crystal layer or the transparent film is caused. The Bowingkale ball is represented by a specific angle of rotation on a specific axis determined by its respective optical characteristics.

第7圖中所示之各式各樣以往TN模式的液晶顯示裝置之構成中,係不配置Re/Rth表示上述波長依存性之透明薄膜53及63,取而代之的例如係配置光學異方向性層55及59的透明支持體73及83。透明支持體73及83其目的係支持光學異方向性層55及59而使用,由一般的聚合物薄膜所構成。因而,如第3圖的液晶顯示裝置中所使用的透明薄膜53及63所示般,沒有關於Re/Rth的波長依存性,R、G、B任一者之波長中亦顯示相同的Re及Rth。其結果,以往的TN模式的液晶顯示裝置中,在電壓施加時、亦即黑顯示時,正面的液晶胞與光學異方向性層的正面遲滯值係為相抵,雖然得到了黑,但是會有所謂在斜向方向中黑顯示的光漏無法完全抑制的問題。再者,其結果,因為得不到充分的視角對比,又不能在全部的波長中進行補償之故,所以會有著色的問題。In the configuration of the conventional TN mode liquid crystal display device shown in Fig. 7, the transparent films 53 and 63 having the wavelength dependence of Re/Rth are not disposed, and the optical anisotropic layer is disposed, for example. Transparent supports 73 and 83 of 55 and 59. The transparent supports 73 and 83 are intended to support the optically anisotropic layers 55 and 59 and are composed of a general polymer film. Therefore, as shown by the transparent films 53 and 63 used in the liquid crystal display device of Fig. 3, there is no wavelength dependency on Re/Rth, and the same Re is also displayed in the wavelength of any of R, G, and B. Rth. As a result, in the conventional TN mode liquid crystal display device, when the voltage is applied, that is, when the black display is performed, the front liquid crystal cell and the front side retardation value of the optical anisotropic layer are offset, and although black is obtained, The problem that the light leakage displayed in black in the oblique direction cannot be completely suppressed. Furthermore, as a result, since sufficient viewing angle contrast is not obtained and compensation cannot be performed in all wavelengths, there is a problem of coloring.

第5圖中,R入射光的偏光狀態係以IR表示、G入射光的偏光狀態係以IG表示、及B入射光的偏光狀態係以IB表示。又,以往TN模式的液晶顯示裝置的構成,第7圖中透明支持體73及83係在R、G、B的任一者波長中,設定成Re=96nm及Rth=58nm,且光學異方向性層55及59設定成Re=30nm來進行計算。首先第5圖中,通過在偏光膜61後的偏光狀態下,IR1、IG1及IB1係為相同。注目於B光偏光狀態的變化時,從左60。入射的B光可理解係藉由將通過透明支持體83後的偏光狀態IB2,通過光學異方向性層59可使各波長偏移。其結果,R、G及B入射光的最終過渡狀態IR6、IG6及IB6的位置係為不一致。為此,得到左右的黑光漏為完全不充分之視角對比的同時,因為無法同時遮斷全部波長的光,而產生黑係為染色的現象。In Fig. 5, the polarization state of the R incident light is represented by IR, the polarization state of the G incident light is represented by IG, and the polarization state of the B incident light is represented by IB. Further, in the configuration of the conventional liquid crystal display device of the TN mode, in the seventh embodiment, the transparent supports 73 and 83 are set to have Re=96 nm and Rth=58 nm in any of R, G, and B wavelengths, and the optical directions are different. The layers 55 and 59 were set to Re = 30 nm for calculation. First, in the fifth diagram, IR1, IG1, and IB1 are the same in the polarized state after the polarizing film 61. When the change in the B-light polarization state is noted, it is 60 from the left. It is understood that the incident B light is shifted by the optical anisotropic layer 59 by the polarization state IB2 passing through the transparent support 83. As a result, the positions of the final transition states IR6, IG6, and IB6 of the incident light of R, G, and B are not uniform. For this reason, while the left and right black light leaks are obtained, the angle of view is completely insufficient, and since the light of all wavelengths cannot be blocked at the same time, the black system is dyed.

本發明的第2態樣中,經由配置表示特定光學特性之透明薄膜,改善了TN模式的液晶顯示裝置的視角對比。為更詳細説明,將計算第3圖所示之通過TN模式的液晶顯示裝置之R、G、B光的偏光狀態之結果,顯示於第6圖的鮑英卡勒球上。第6圖係顯示從下60°入射之光的偏光狀態關於變化各R、G及B之圖。圖中,R入射光的偏光狀態係以IR表示、G入射光的偏光狀態係以IG表示、及B入射光的偏光狀態係以IB表示。又,透明薄膜63及53係設定成在波長450nm中Re/Rth(450nm)為0.17、在波長550nm中Re/Rth(550nm)為0.28、在波長650nm中Re/Rth(650nm)為0.39,且在波長550nm中Rth為160nm來加以計算。關於光學異方向性層55及59的Re,係設定成與第5圖所示之鮑英卡勒球為相同之值。In the second aspect of the present invention, the viewing angle contrast of the liquid crystal display device of the TN mode is improved by arranging a transparent film which exhibits specific optical characteristics. For a more detailed description, the results of the polarization states of the R, G, and B lights of the liquid crystal display device passing through the TN mode shown in FIG. 3 are calculated and displayed on the Bowingka ball of FIG. Fig. 6 is a view showing changes in the polarization states of light incident from the lower 60° with respect to changes in R, G, and B. In the figure, the polarization state of the R incident light is represented by IR, the polarization state of the G incident light is represented by IG, and the polarization state of the B incident light is represented by IB. Further, the transparent films 63 and 53 are set such that Re/Rth (450 nm) is 0.17 at a wavelength of 450 nm, Re/Rth (550 nm) at a wavelength of 550 nm is 0.28, and Re/Rth (650 nm) at a wavelength of 650 nm is 0.39, and The Rth was 160 nm at a wavelength of 550 nm and was calculated. The Re of the optically anisotropic layers 55 and 59 is set to the same value as the Bowingka ball shown in Fig. 5.

第6圖中所示的情形,入射的R光、G光及B光通過透明薄膜63及53後,係全部在S1=0附近的位置,且變化了反映透明薄膜63之Re/Rth波長依存性的偏移位置之偏光狀態。若這樣的話,R光、G光及B光因為光學異方向性層59、55及液晶層57的波長分散所遭受之偏光狀態的偏移可被消除。其結果,從左右的任一方向入射的光,即使不取決於波長之最終過渡點亦可形成相同的位置。再者,其結果,可減輕在下視角中黑的光漏,且可大幅地改善對比視角。In the case shown in Fig. 6, after the incident R light, G light, and B light pass through the transparent films 63 and 53, all of them are in the vicinity of S1 = 0, and the Re/Rth wavelength dependence reflecting the transparent film 63 is changed. The polarization state of the sexual offset position. In this case, the shift of the polarization state of the R light, the G light, and the B light due to the wavelength dispersion of the optically anisotropic layers 59 and 55 and the liquid crystal layer 57 can be eliminated. As a result, the light incident from any of the left and right directions can form the same position without depending on the final transition point of the wavelength. Furthermore, as a result, black light leakage in the lower viewing angle can be alleviated, and the contrast viewing angle can be greatly improved.

本發明第2態樣的特徵之一,使用與光學異方向性層鄰接的透明薄膜之所謂2軸性,不僅改善了斜向方向、例如在方位角270度極角60度方向的視角對比,且藉由積極利用該透明薄膜的遲滯值Re及Rth波長分散的關係,亦改善了視角方向的黑色光漏。特別是,TN模式中藉由使用由規定特性的光學異方向性層與規定特性的透明薄膜所構成之光學補償薄膜,全可改善全部方向中的視角對比。因該方式所致的效果係不受液晶層的顯示模式所限制,亦可使用於具有TN模式、VA模式、IPS模式、ECB模式、OCB模式等任一顯示模式的液晶層之液晶顯示裝置。One of the features of the second aspect of the present invention, using the so-called biaxiality of the transparent film adjacent to the optically anisotropic layer, not only improves the oblique direction, for example, the viewing angle contrast in the direction of the azimuth angle of 270 degrees and the polar angle of 60 degrees. Further, by actively utilizing the relationship between the hysteresis value Re of the transparent film and the wavelength dispersion of the Rth, the black light leakage in the viewing direction is also improved. In particular, in the TN mode, by using an optical compensation film composed of an optically anisotropic layer having a predetermined characteristic and a transparent film having a predetermined characteristic, the viewing angle contrast in all directions can be improved. The effect due to this method is not limited by the display mode of the liquid crystal layer, and can be used for a liquid crystal display device having a liquid crystal layer of any display mode such as TN mode, VA mode, IPS mode, ECB mode, or OCB mode.

又,關於本發明第2態樣之該液晶顯示裝置,係不限定於第3圖中所示之構成,亦可含有其他構件。例如,在液晶胞與偏光膜之間亦可配置彩色濾光片。又,作為穿透型使用之情形,可在背面配置冷陰極或者熱陰極螢光管、或者發光二極體、場致發射元件、電致發光元件作為光源之背光。Further, the liquid crystal display device according to the second aspect of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in Fig. 3, and may include other members. For example, a color filter may be disposed between the liquid crystal cell and the polarizing film. Further, as a penetrating type, a cold cathode or a hot cathode fluorescent tube, or a backlight of a light emitting diode, a field emission element, or an electroluminescence element as a light source may be disposed on the back surface.

又,關於本發明第2態樣之該液晶顯示裝置中,含有畫像直視型、畫像投影型或光調變型。本發明係以適用於使用TFT或MIM般的3端子或2端子半導體元件之主動式矩陣液晶顯示裝置的態樣為特別有效。當然,適用於稱為分時驅動之STN型為代表的被動式矩陣液晶顯示裝置之態樣亦為有效。Further, the liquid crystal display device according to the second aspect of the present invention includes a portrait direct view type, a portrait projection type, or a light modulation type. The present invention is particularly effective in the form of an active matrix liquid crystal display device which is suitable for a three-terminal or two-terminal semiconductor element such as a TFT or MIM. Of course, the aspect of the passive matrix liquid crystal display device represented by the STN type called time-division driving is also effective.

其次,關於本發明第2態樣之該液晶顯示裝置中所使用的構件,特別是本發明第2態樣之該光學補償薄膜為中心,進一步詳細說明光學特性、原料、製造方法等。Next, the member used in the liquid crystal display device according to the second aspect of the present invention, particularly the optical compensation film according to the second aspect of the present invention, will be described in detail with reference to optical characteristics, raw materials, manufacturing methods, and the like.

[光學補償薄膜][Optical compensation film]

關於本發明第2態樣之該光學補償薄膜,能有助於液晶顯示裝置、特別是TN模式的液晶顯示裝置之視野角對比的擴大,及取決於視野角之色偏移的減輕。關於本發明第2態樣之該光學補償薄膜,可配置在觀察者側的偏光板與液晶胞之間、亦可配置在背面側的偏光板與液晶胞之間、或配置雙方亦可。例如,可組裝至作為獨立構件之液晶顯示裝置內部,又,亦可對保護偏光膜之保護膜賦予光學特性使其具有作為透明薄膜之機能、作為偏光板的一部分材料,而組裝至液晶顯示裝置內部。關於本發明第2態樣之該光學補償薄膜係具有透明薄膜、及在面內具有光學異方向性之光學異方向性層的至少2層。在透明薄膜與光學異方向性層之間,亦可具有控制光學異方向性層中液晶性化合物的配向之配向膜。又,在滿足後述之光學特性範圍內,透明薄膜及光學異方向性層亦可分別由2以上之層所構成。首先,詳細說明關於本發明第2態樣之該光學補償薄膜的各構成構件。The optical compensation film according to the second aspect of the present invention can contribute to an increase in viewing angle contrast of a liquid crystal display device, particularly a TN mode liquid crystal display device, and a reduction in color shift depending on a viewing angle. The optical compensation film according to the second aspect of the present invention may be disposed between the polarizing plate on the observer side and the liquid crystal cell, or between the polarizing plate on the back side and the liquid crystal cell, or both. For example, it can be assembled into a liquid crystal display device as a separate member, or can be provided with a function as a transparent film as a function of a transparent film, and can be assembled to a liquid crystal display device. internal. The optical compensation film according to the second aspect of the present invention has at least two layers of a transparent film and an optically anisotropic layer having optical anisotropy in the plane. Between the transparent film and the optically anisotropic layer, an alignment film for controlling the alignment of the liquid crystalline compound in the optically anisotropic layer may be provided. Further, the transparent film and the optically anisotropic layer may each be composed of two or more layers within a range satisfying the optical characteristics described later. First, each constituent member of the optical compensation film according to the second aspect of the present invention will be described in detail.

[透明薄膜][transparent film]

構成關於本發明第2態樣之該光學補償薄膜的透明薄膜,係在可見光區域之波長450nm中Re與Rth之比Re/Rth(450nm)為在波長550nm中Re/Rth(550nm)的0.39~0.95倍,較佳為0.39~0.9倍,較佳為0.6~0.8倍,且在波長650nm中Re/Rth(650nm)係為Re/Rth(550nm)的1.04~2.20倍,較佳為1.1~1.9倍,較佳為1.2~1.7倍。此外,R、G、B各自的Re/Rth係均在0.1~0.8的範圍者為佳。The transparent film constituting the optical compensation film according to the second aspect of the present invention has a ratio of Re to Rth (450 nm) at a wavelength of 450 nm in the visible light region of Re/Rth (550 nm) at a wavelength of 550 nm. 0.95 times, preferably 0.39 to 0.9 times, preferably 0.6 to 0.8 times, and Re/Rth (650 nm) is 1.04 to 2.20 times, preferably 1.1 to 1.9, of Re/Rth (550 nm) at a wavelength of 650 nm. Times, preferably 1.2 to 1.7 times. Further, it is preferable that the Re/Rth systems of each of R, G, and B are in the range of 0.1 to 0.8.

又,透明薄膜全體的厚度方向之遲滯值(Rth),亦具有使在黑顯示時厚度方向的液晶層之遲滯值消除的機能之故,所以視其各液晶層的態樣而較佳範圍亦為不同,惟一般的話,在波長550nm中Rth為70nm~400nm者為佳。更具體而言,例如,用於光學補償TN模式的液晶胞(例如,具有厚度d(微米)與折射率異方向性△n的積△n.d為0.2~1.5微米之液晶層的TN模式液晶胞)之情形中,以10~200nm者為佳、20nm~150nm者為較佳、40~120nm者為更佳。又,Re遲滯值係一般為20~200nm,較佳為30~170nm,更佳為80~130nm。Further, the hysteresis value (Rth) in the thickness direction of the entire transparent film also has a function of eliminating the hysteresis value of the liquid crystal layer in the thickness direction during black display. Therefore, the preferred range of each liquid crystal layer is also It is different, but in general, it is preferable that Rth is 70 nm to 400 nm at a wavelength of 550 nm. More specifically, for example, a liquid crystal cell for optically compensating the TN mode (for example, a TN mode of a liquid crystal layer having a thickness d (micrometer) and a refractive index anisotropy Δn of Δn.d of 0.2 to 1.5 μm. In the case of a liquid crystal cell, it is preferably 10 to 200 nm, preferably 20 nm to 150 nm, and more preferably 40 to 120 nm. Further, the Re hysteresis value is generally 20 to 200 nm, preferably 30 to 170 nm, more preferably 80 to 130 nm.

又,關於透明薄膜的厚度係沒有特別地限制,惟110微米以下,較佳為40~110微米,更佳為80~110微米為佳。Further, the thickness of the transparent film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 110 μm or less, preferably 40 to 110 μm, more preferably 80 to 110 μm.

透明薄膜係藉由選擇原料、其配合量、製造條件等,調整此等值至所欲的範圍,可製做滿足Re及Rth光學特性之透明薄膜。具體地,使波長分散不同之2種以上的聚合物混合之方法係有:添加在紫外線區域或紅外線區域能吸收之添加劑以控制可見光的波長分散之方法;使用在紫外線區域或紅外線區域能吸收之添加劑、而配向成構造上薄膜的厚度方向、延伸方向或非延伸方向之方法;塗布或貼合波長分散不同之聚合物以調整波長分散之方法;藉由在薄膜製造步驟對厚度方向給予不均一的溫度分布或紫外線的強度分布、調整配向性或材料的均一性以控制波長分散之方法等。The transparent film is prepared by adjusting the material to the desired range by selecting a raw material, a blending amount thereof, a production condition, etc., and a transparent film satisfying the optical characteristics of Re and Rth can be produced. Specifically, a method of mixing two or more kinds of polymers having different wavelength dispersions is a method of adding an additive capable of being absorbed in an ultraviolet region or an infrared region to control wavelength dispersion of visible light; and being capable of being absorbed in an ultraviolet region or an infrared region. a method of aligning the thickness direction, the extending direction or the non-extension direction of the structural film; coating or laminating a polymer having a different wavelength dispersion to adjust the wavelength dispersion; and imparting unevenness to the thickness direction by the film manufacturing step The temperature distribution or the intensity distribution of ultraviolet rays, the adjustment of the alignment property or the uniformity of the material to control the wavelength dispersion method, and the like.

關於上述透明薄膜的原料係沒有特別地限制。例如,可為延伸雙折射聚合物薄膜,亦可為藉由將液晶性化合物固定成特定配向所形成之光學異方向性層。又,透明薄膜不該限定於單層構造,亦可為具有積層複數層之積層構造。積層構造態樣係各層的原料不為同種為佳,例如,亦可為由聚合物薄膜與液晶性化合物所構成之光學異方向性層的積層體。積層構造態樣若考慮厚度時,含有經由塗布所形成之層的塗布型積層體係比高分子延伸薄膜的積層體為佳。The raw material of the above transparent film is not particularly limited. For example, it may be an extended birefringent polymer film or an optically anisotropic layer formed by fixing a liquid crystal compound to a specific alignment. Further, the transparent film is not limited to a single layer structure, and may have a laminated structure having a plurality of laminated layers. It is preferable that the raw material of each layer of the laminated structure is not the same kind, and for example, it may be a laminated body of an optically anisotropic layer composed of a polymer film and a liquid crystal compound. When the thickness is considered in the laminated structural form, it is preferable that the coating type laminated system including the layer formed by coating is more than the laminated body of the polymer stretched film.

在上述透明薄膜的製作中使用液晶性化合物的情形,由於液晶性化合物有多樣的配向形態,所以將液晶性化合物固定成特定配向狀態所製作之光學異方向性層,係藉由形成單層或複數層的積層體,而發現所欲的光學性質。即,上述透明薄膜亦可為由支持體、與在該支持體上形成1層以上之光學異方向性層所構成之態樣。該態樣的透明薄膜全體之遲滯值係可根據光學異方向性層的光學異方向性而加以調整。液晶性化合物係根據其分子的形狀,可分類為棒狀液晶性化合物與圓盤狀液晶性化合物。再者各自有低分子與高分子類型,均可使用。在上述透明薄膜的製作中使用液晶性化合物的情形,係以使用棒狀液晶性化合物或圓盤狀液晶性化合物為佳、使用具有聚合性基之棒狀液晶性化合物或具有聚合性基之圓盤狀液晶性化合物者為較佳。In the case where a liquid crystalline compound is used in the production of the above transparent film, since the liquid crystalline compound has various alignment forms, the optically anisotropic layer formed by fixing the liquid crystalline compound in a specific alignment state is formed by forming a single layer or The layers of the plurality of layers are found to reveal the desired optical properties. That is, the transparent film may be formed of a support and an optically anisotropic layer in which one or more layers are formed on the support. The hysteresis value of the entire transparent film of this aspect can be adjusted according to the optical anisotropy of the optically anisotropic layer. The liquid crystalline compound can be classified into a rod-like liquid crystalline compound and a discotic liquid crystalline compound depending on the shape of the molecule. In addition, each has a low molecular and polymer type, and can be used. When a liquid crystal compound is used for the production of the transparent film, a rod-like liquid crystal compound or a discotic liquid crystal compound is preferably used, and a rod-like liquid crystal compound having a polymerizable group or a polymerizable group is used. A discotic liquid crystalline compound is preferred.

又,透明薄膜係亦可由高分子薄膜所構成。上述高分子薄膜可為經延伸之高分子薄膜,又亦可併用塗布型高分子層與高分子薄膜。高分子薄膜的材料一般係使用合成聚合物(例如,聚碳酸酯、聚碸、聚醚碸、聚丙烯酸酯、聚甲基丙烯酸酯、降冰片烯樹脂、三乙醯纖維素)。又,在醯化纖維素中添加具有芳香環之棒狀化合物(具體地,具有二個芳香族環之芳香族化合物)的組成物,亦可形成作為薄膜之醯化纖維素系薄膜。藉由調整上述芳香族化合物的種類、添加量、薄膜的延伸條件,可製做具有所欲光學特性之高分子薄膜。Further, the transparent film may be composed of a polymer film. The polymer film may be an extended polymer film or a coated polymer layer or a polymer film. The material of the polymer film is generally a synthetic polymer (for example, polycarbonate, polyfluorene, polyether oxime, polyacrylate, polymethacrylate, norbornene resin, triacetyl cellulose). Further, a composition of a rod-like compound having an aromatic ring (specifically, an aromatic compound having two aromatic rings) is added to the deuterated cellulose, and a deuterated cellulose-based film as a film can be formed. By adjusting the type, amount of addition, and stretching conditions of the above-mentioned aromatic compound, a polymer film having desired optical characteristics can be produced.

《醯化纖維素薄膜》"Sulphide Cellulose Film"

進一步詳細說明可利用作為上述透明薄膜之醯化纖維素薄膜。Further, a cellulose oxide film which can be used as the above transparent film can be used in detail.

藉由調節具有添加的芳香環之棒狀化合物(具體地,具有二個芳香族環之芳香族化合物)的種類及其量、或製造條件(例如,薄膜的延伸條件),可製作滿足上述透明薄膜光學特性之醯化乙酸纖維素薄膜。此外,偏光板的保護膜一般係由醯化纖維素薄膜所構成。上述醯化纖維素薄膜係作為偏光板一方之保護膜使用時,不增加偏光板構成要素的數量,而可對偏光板追加光學補償機能。By adjusting the kind and amount of the rod-like compound having an aromatic ring to be added (specifically, an aromatic compound having two aromatic rings), or the production conditions (for example, elongation conditions of the film), it is possible to produce the above-mentioned transparency. A cellulose acetate film of optical properties of the film. Further, the protective film of the polarizing plate is generally composed of a deuterated cellulose film. When the above-described deuterated cellulose film is used as a protective film for one of the polarizing plates, the optical compensation function can be added to the polarizing plate without increasing the number of constituent elements of the polarizing plate.

又,紫外線吸收光譜中併用兩種以上之最大吸收波長(λmax)比250nm短的波長之棒狀化合物時,能得到因波長而不同之Re/Rth比。Further, when a rod-like compound having two or more wavelengths having a maximum absorption wavelength (λmax) shorter than 250 nm is used in the ultraviolet absorption spectrum, a Re/Rth ratio which differs depending on the wavelength can be obtained.

醯化纖維素的原料綿可使用眾所周知的原料(例如,參照發明協會公開技法2001-1745)。又,醯化纖維素的合成亦可以眾所周知的方法來進行(例如,參照右田他、木材化學180~190頁(共立出版、1968年))。醯化纖維素的黏度平均聚合度以200~700為佳、250~500為更佳、250~350為最佳。又,使用的醯化纖維素係由凝膠滲透層析法之Mw/Mn(Mw為質量平均分子量、Mn為數量平均分子量)的分子量分布狹窄為佳。具體的Mw/Mn之值係以1.5~5.0為佳、2.0~4.5為較佳、3.0~4.0為最佳。Well-known raw materials can be used as the raw material of the deuterated cellulose (for example, refer to the Invention Association published technique 2001-1745). Further, the synthesis of deuterated cellulose can also be carried out by a well-known method (for example, refer to Odida, Wood Chemistry, 180-190 (Kyoritsu, 1968)). The average degree of polymerization of deuterated cellulose is preferably 200 to 700, more preferably 250 to 500, and most preferably 250 to 350. Further, the deuterated cellulose to be used is preferably a narrow molecular weight distribution of Mw/Mn (Mw is a mass average molecular weight and Mn is a number average molecular weight) by gel permeation chromatography. The specific value of Mw/Mn is preferably 1.5 to 5.0, 2.0 to 4.5 is preferred, and 3.0 to 4.0 is preferred.

該醯化纖維素薄膜的醯基係沒有特別地限制,惟以使用乙醯基、丙醯基為佳、特別是乙醯基為佳。全醯基的取代度為2.7~3.0為佳、2.8~2.95為較佳。本說明書中,醯基的取代度係按照ASTM D817而算出之值。醯基係以乙醯基為最佳,使用醯基為乙醯基之乙酸纖維素情形中,醋化度係以59.0~62.5%為佳、59.0~61.5%為較佳。醋化度在該範圍內時,藉由流延時的搬送拉伸,Re亦不會形成比所欲的值大,面內偏差亦少,因溫濕度所致的遲滯值變化也少。又,6位的醯基的取代度係從抑制Re、Rth偏差之觀點,0.9以上為佳。The fluorenyl group of the deuterated cellulose film is not particularly limited, and it is preferably an acetamino group or a propyl group, particularly an acetamidine group. The degree of substitution of all sulfhydryl groups is preferably 2.7 to 3.0, and preferably 2.8 to 2.95. In the present specification, the degree of substitution of the fluorenyl group is a value calculated in accordance with ASTM D817. The oxime group is preferably an acetamidine group. In the case of using cellulose acetate having a thiol group as the acetamidine group, the degree of acetification is preferably 59.0 to 62.5%, preferably 59.0 to 61.5%. When the degree of vinegarization is within this range, Re will not form a larger value than desired, and the in-plane variation will be small, and the change in hysteresis value due to temperature and humidity will be small. Further, the degree of substitution of the thiol group at the 6-position is preferably 0.9 or more from the viewpoint of suppressing the deviation of Re and Rth.

又,混合醋化度在一定的範圍且不同之2種乙酸纖維素時,利用遲滯值的波長分散特性可加以調整,來調整波長分散特性。關於該方法係如詳細記載於特開2001-253971般,具有最大醋化度(Ac1)之乙酸纖維素、與具有最小醋化度(Ac2)之乙酸纖維素的醋化度之差(Ac1-Ac2),係以2.0至6.0%(2.0%≦Ac1-Ac2≦6.0%)為佳。乙酸纖維素的混合物全體之平均醋化度係以55.0~61.5%為佳。又,具有最大黏度平均聚合度(P1)之乙酸纖維素、與具有最小黏度平均聚合度(P2)之乙酸纖維素的黏度平均聚合度之比(P1/P2),係為1以上、低於2(1≦P1/P2<2)為佳。乙酸纖維素的混合物全體之黏度平均聚合度係以250至500為佳、250~400為較佳。Further, when the cellulose acetate having a different degree of acetification is used in a certain range and different from each other, the wavelength dispersion characteristics can be adjusted by using the wavelength dispersion characteristics of the hysteresis value to adjust the wavelength dispersion characteristics. This method is described in detail in JP-A-2001-253971, the difference between the degree of acetification of cellulose acetate having the maximum degree of acetification (Ac1) and cellulose acetate having the smallest degree of acetification (Ac2) (Ac1- Ac2) is preferably 2.0 to 6.0% (2.0% ≦Ac1-Ac2 ≦ 6.0%). The average degree of acetification of the cellulose acetate mixture is preferably 55.0 to 61.5%. Further, the ratio of the cellulose acetate having the maximum viscosity average degree of polymerization (P1) to the viscosity average degree of polymerization (P1/P2) of the cellulose acetate having the lowest viscosity average degree of polymerization (P2) is 1 or more and lower than 2 (1≦P1/P2<2) is preferred. The viscosity average polymerization degree of the cellulose acetate mixture is preferably from 250 to 500, preferably from 250 to 400.

《遲滯值控制劑》Hysteresis value control agent

醯化纖維素薄膜係使其含有具有至少個芳香族環之棒狀化合物作為遲滯值控制劑者為佳。該棒狀化合物係具有直線的分子構造為佳。直線的分子構造係意味著熱力學上最安定構造中,棒狀化合物的分子構造為直線。熱力學上最安定構造可藉由結晶構造解析或分子軌道計算來計算求得。例如,可使用分子軌道計算軟體(例如,WinMOPAC2000、富士通(股)製造)來進行分子軌道計算,以求得化合物的生成熱為最小的分子構造。分子構造為直線時,如上述般計算所求得之熱力學上最安定構造中,係意味著分子構造主鏈構成的角度為140度以上。The deuterated cellulose film preferably contains a rod-like compound having at least one aromatic ring as a hysteresis value controlling agent. The rod-like compound is preferably a linear molecular structure. The linear molecular structure means that the molecular structure of the rod-like compound is a straight line in the thermodynamically most stable structure. The thermodynamically most stable structure can be calculated by calculation of crystal structure or molecular orbital calculation. For example, molecular orbital calculation software (for example, manufactured by WinMOPAC2000, Fujitsu Co., Ltd.) can be used to perform molecular orbital calculation to determine a molecular structure in which the heat of formation of a compound is minimized. When the molecular structure is a straight line, the thermodynamically most stable structure obtained by the above calculation means that the angle of the molecular structure main chain is 140 degrees or more.

具有至少二個芳香族環之棒狀化合物係以下述通式(1)所表示之化合物為佳。The rod-like compound having at least two aromatic rings is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1).

通式(1):Ar1 -L1 -Ar2 General formula (1): Ar 1 -L 1 -Ar 2

上述通式(1)中,Ar1 及Ar2 係各獨立地表示芳香族基。L1 係為選自於伸烷基、伸烯基、伸炔基、-O-、-CO-及彼等組合所構成之基的二價連結基。In the above formula (1), Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently represent an aromatic group. L 1 is a divalent linking group selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, -O-, -CO-, and a combination thereof.

本說明書中,芳香族基係包含芳基(芳香族性烴基)、取代芳基、芳香族性雜環基及取代芳香族性雜環基。In the present specification, the aromatic group contains an aryl group (aromatic hydrocarbon group), a substituted aryl group, an aromatic heterocyclic group, and a substituted aromatic heterocyclic group.

芳基及取代芳基方面係比芳香族性雜環基及取代芳香族性雜環基為更佳。芳香族性雜環基的雜環係一般為不飽和。芳香族性雜環係以5員環、6員環或7員環為佳,以5員環或6員環為更佳。芳香族性雜環係一般具有最多量的雙鍵。雜原子係以氮原子、氧原子或硫原子為佳,氮原子或硫原子為更佳。芳香族性雜環的例子中,包含呋喃環、噻吩環、吡咯環、噁唑環、異噁唑環、噻唑環、異噻唑環、咪唑環、吡唑環、呋呫環、三唑環、哌喃環、吡啶環、噠環、嘧啶環、吡環、及1,3,5-三環。The aryl group and the substituted aryl group are more preferred than the aromatic heterocyclic group and the substituted aromatic heterocyclic group. The heterocyclic ring system of the aromatic heterocyclic group is generally unsaturated. The aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably a 5-membered ring, a 6-membered ring or a 7-membered ring, and more preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. Aromatic heterocyclic systems generally have the most amount of double bonds. The hetero atom is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and more preferably a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom. Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic ring include a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, an oxazole ring, an isoxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, an imidazole ring, a pyrazole ring, a furazan ring, and a triazole ring. Piper ring, pyridine ring, hydrazine Ring, pyrimidine ring, pyridyl Ring, and 1,3,5-three ring.

芳香族基的芳香族環係以苯環、呋喃環、噻吩環、吡咯環、噁唑環、噻唑環、咪唑環、三唑環、吡啶環、嘧啶環及吡環為佳、苯環為特佳。The aromatic ring-based aromatic ring system is a benzene ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a pyrrole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrimidine ring, and a pyridyl group. The ring is preferred and the benzene ring is especially good.

取代芳基及取代芳香族性雜環基的取代基的例子中,包含鹵素原子(F、Cl、Br、I)、羥基、羧基、氰基、胺基、烷胺基(例如,甲基胺基、乙基胺基、丁基胺基、二甲基胺基)、硝基、磺基、胺甲醯基、烷基胺甲醯基(例如,N-甲基胺甲醯基、N-乙基胺甲醯基、N,N-二甲基胺甲醯基)、胺磺醯基、烷基胺磺醯基(例如,N-甲基胺磺醯基、N-乙基胺磺醯基、N,N-二甲基胺磺醯基)、脲基、烷基脲基(例如,N-甲基脲基、N,N-二甲基脲基、N,N,N’-三甲基脲基)、烷基(例如,甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、庚基、辛基、異丙基、s-丁基、t-戊基、環己基、環戊基)、烯基(例如,乙烯基、烯丙基、己烯基)、炔基(例如,乙炔基、丁炔基)、醯基(例如,甲醯基、乙醯基、丙醯基、己醯基、月桂醯基)、醯氧基(例如,乙醯氧基、丁醯氧基、己醯氧基、月桂醯氧基)、烷氧基(例如,甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、庚氧基、辛氧基)、芳氧基(例如,苯氧基)、烷氧基羰基(例如,甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基、丙氧基羰基、丁氧基羰基、戊氧基羰基、庚氧基羰基)、芳氧基羰基(例如,苯氧基羰基)、烷氧基羰基胺基(例如,丁氧基羰基胺基、己氧基羰基胺基)、烷硫基(例如,甲硫基、乙硫基、丙硫基、丁硫基、戊硫基、庚硫基、辛硫基)、芳硫基(例如,苯硫基)、烷基磺醯基(例如,甲基磺醯基、乙基磺醯基、丙基磺醯基、丁基磺醯基、戊基磺醯基、庚基磺醯基、辛基磺醯基)、醯胺基(例如,乙醯胺、丁醯胺、己醯胺、月桂醯基醯胺基)及非芳香族性雜環基(例如,嗎福啉基、吡基)。Examples of the substituent of the substituted aryl group and the substituted aromatic heterocyclic group include a halogen atom (F, Cl, Br, I), a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, an amine group, an alkylamine group (for example, a methylamine). Base, ethylamino group, butylamino group, dimethylamino group), nitro group, sulfo group, amine carbenyl group, alkylamine carbenyl group (for example, N-methylaminecarbamyl group, N- Ethylamine, mercapto, N,N-dimethylamine, mercapto, sulfonyl, alkylamine sulfonyl (for example, N-methylamine sulfonyl, N-ethylamine sulfonate) Base, N,N-dimethylaminesulfonyl), ureido, alkylureido (eg, N-methylureido, N,N-dimethylureido, N,N,N'-three Methylurea), alkyl (for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, heptyl, octyl, isopropyl, s-butyl, t-pentyl, cyclohexyl, ring Amyl), alkenyl (eg, vinyl, allyl, hexenyl), alkynyl (eg, ethynyl, butynyl), fluorenyl (eg, methyl, ethyl, propyl) , hexanyl, lauryl), anthraceneoxy (eg, ethoxylated, butyloxy, hexyloxy, lauryloxy), alkoxy (eg, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, heptyloxy, octyloxy), aryloxy (eg, phenoxy), alkoxycarbonyl (eg, Methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, butoxycarbonyl, pentyloxycarbonyl, heptyloxycarbonyl), aryloxycarbonyl (eg phenoxycarbonyl), alkoxycarbonylamino (eg, butoxycarbonylamino, hexyloxycarbonylamino), alkylthio (eg, methylthio, ethylthio, propylthio, butylthio, pentylthio, heptylthio, octylthio) Alkylthio (for example, phenylthio), alkylsulfonyl (for example, methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, propylsulfonyl, butylsulfonyl, pentylsulfonyl) a base, a heptylsulfonyl group, an octylsulfonyl group, an amidino group (for example, acetamide, butylamine, hexamethyleneamine, lauryl sulfhydryl) and a non-aromatic heterocyclic group (for example) , morpholinyl, pyridyl base).

取代芳基及取代芳香族性雜環基的取代基係以鹵素原子、氰基、羧基、羥基、胺基、烷基取代胺基、醯基、醯氧基、醯胺基、烷氧基羰基、烷氧基、烷硫基及烷基為佳。The substituent of the substituted aryl group and the substituted aromatic heterocyclic group is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, an alkyl group-substituted amine group, a fluorenyl group, a decyloxy group, a decylamino group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. Alkoxy, alkylthio and alkyl are preferred.

烷胺基、烷氧基羰基、烷氧基及烷硫基的烷基部分與烷基中,亦可含有取代基。烷基部分及烷基的取代基的例子中,能含有鹵素原子、羥基、羧基、氰基、胺基、烷胺基、硝基、磺基、胺甲醯基、烷基胺甲醯基、胺磺醯基、烷基胺磺醯基、脲基、烷基脲基、烯基、炔基、醯基、醯氧基、烷氧基、芳氧基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、烷氧基羰基胺基、烷硫基、芳硫基、烷基磺醯基、醯胺基及非芳香族性雜環基。烷基部分及烷基的取代基係以鹵素原子、羥基、胺基、烷胺基、醯基、醯氧基、醯胺基、烷氧基羰基及烷氧基為佳。The alkyl moiety of the alkylamino group, the alkoxycarbonyl group, the alkoxy group and the alkylthio group and the alkyl group may further contain a substituent. Examples of the substituent of the alkyl moiety and the alkyl group may include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, an amine group, an alkylamino group, a nitro group, a sulfo group, an amine methyl group, an alkylamine methyl group, Aminesulfonyl, alkylamine sulfonyl, ureido, alkylureido, alkenyl, alkynyl, decyl, decyloxy, alkoxy, aryloxy, alkoxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl An alkoxycarbonylamino group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a decylamino group, and a non-aromatic heterocyclic group. The substituent of the alkyl moiety and the alkyl group is preferably a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an amine group, an alkylamino group, a decyl group, a decyloxy group, a decylamino group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or an alkoxy group.

L1 係為選自於伸烷基、伸烯基、伸炔基、-O-、-CO-及彼等組合所構成之基的二價連結基。L 1 is a divalent linking group selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, -O-, -CO-, and a combination thereof.

伸烷基亦可具有環狀構造。環狀伸烷基係以亞環己烯基為佳、1,4-亞環己烯基為特佳。鏈狀伸烷基係以直鏈狀伸烷基比分支的伸烷基為佳。The alkylene group may also have a cyclic structure. The cyclic alkyl group is preferably a cyclohexylene group or a 1,4-cyclohexylene group. The chain alkyl group is preferably a linear alkyl group rather than a branched alkyl group.

伸烷基的碳原子數係以1~20為佳,較佳為1~15、更佳為1~10、更佳為1~8,最佳為1~6。The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 15, more preferably from 1 to 10, still more preferably from 1 to 8, most preferably from 1 to 6.

伸烯基及伸炔基係具有鏈狀構造比環狀構造為佳、係以具有直鏈狀構造比具有分支之鏈狀構造為較佳。伸烯基及伸炔基的碳原子數係較佳為2~10,較佳為2~8、更佳為2~6、更佳為2~4,最佳為2(亞乙烯基或伸乙炔基)。亞芳基係以碳原子數係以6~20為佳,較佳為6~16、更佳為6~12。The alkenyl group and the alkynyl group have a chain structure, preferably a ring structure, and a chain structure having a linear structure rather than a branch. The number of carbon atoms of the alkenyl group and the alkynylene group is preferably 2 to 10, preferably 2 to 8, more preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4, most preferably 2 (vinylidene or stretching). Ethynyl). The arylene group is preferably 6 to 20, more preferably 6 to 16, more preferably 6 to 12 in terms of a carbon number.

例示經組合所構成之二價連結基的例子。An example of a divalent linking group composed by combination is exemplified.

L-1:-O-CO-伸烷基-CO-O- L-2:-CO-O-伸烷基-O-CO- L-3:-O-CO-伸烯基-CO-O- L-4:-CO-O-伸烯基-O-CO- L-5:-O-CO-伸炔基-CO-O- L-6:-CO-O-伸炔基-O-CO- L-7:-O-CO-亞芳基-CO-O- L-8:-CO-O-亞芳基-O-CO- L-9:-O-CO-亞芳基-CO-O- L-10:-CO-O-亞芳基-O-CO-L-1: -O-CO-alkylene-CO-O- L-2: -CO-O-alkylene-O-CO- L-3: -O-CO-alkenyl-CO-O - L-4: -CO-O-Extend alkenyl-O-CO- L-5: -O-CO-exetylene-CO-O- L-6:-CO-O-exetylene-O- CO- L-7:-O-CO-arylene-CO-O- L-8:-CO-O-arylene-O-CO- L-9:-O-CO-arylene-CO -O- L-10:-CO-O-arylene-O-CO-

通式(1)的分子構造中,挾持L1 、Ar1 與Ar2 所形成之角度以140度以上為佳。棒狀化合物係以下述式通式(2)所表示之化合物為較佳。In the molecular structure of the formula (1), the angle formed by the holding of L 1 , Ar 1 and Ar 2 is preferably 140 degrees or more. The rod-like compound is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (2).

通式(2):Ar1 -L2 -X-L3 -Ar2 Formula (2): Ar 1 -L 2 -X-L 3 -Ar 2

上述通式(II)中,Ar1 及Ar2 係各獨立地芳香族基。芳香族基的定義及例子係與通式(I)之Ar1 及Ar2 相同。In the above formula (II), Ar 1 and Ar 2 each independently form an aromatic group. The definition and examples of the aromatic group are the same as those of Ar 1 and Ar 2 of the formula (I).

通式(II)中,L2 及L3 係為各獨立的伸烷基、-O-、-CO-及其組合所成之基所選出的二價連結基。伸烷基係以鏈狀構造比環狀構造為佳,直鏈狀構造比分支鏈狀構造為更佳。In the formula (II), L 2 and L 3 are divalent linking groups selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, an -O- group, a -CO- group, and a combination thereof. The alkylene group is preferably a chain structure rather than a ring structure, and the linear structure is more preferable than the branched chain structure.

伸烷基的碳原子數係以1至10為佳,較佳為1至8、更佳為1至6、更佳為1至4、1或2(亞甲基或伸乙基)為最佳。L2 及L3 係以-O-CO-或-CO-O-為特佳。The alkyl group has preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 4, 1 or 2 (methylene or ethyl). good. L 2 and L 3 are particularly preferably -O-CO- or -CO-O-.

通式(2)中,X係為1,4-亞環己烯基、亞乙烯基或伸乙炔基。In the formula (2), the X system is a 1,4-cyclohexylene group, a vinylidene group or an exetylene group.

以下,表示通式(1)所表示之化合物的具體例。Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (1) are shown below.

具體例(1)~(34)、(41)、(42)係在環己烷環的1位與4位上具有二個不對稱的碳原子。然而,具體例(1)、(4)~(34)、(41)、(42)由於具有對稱內消旋型的分子構造,所以沒有光學異構物(光學活性),僅有幾何異構物(順型與反型)存在。具體例(1)的順型(1-trans)與反型(1-cis)係如下所示。Specific examples (1) to (34), (41), and (42) have two asymmetric carbon atoms at the 1-position and 4-position of the cyclohexane ring. However, the specific examples (1), (4) to (34), (41), and (42) have no optical isomers (optically active) due to their symmetrical meso-type molecular structure, and only geometric isomerism Objects (cis and inversion) exist. The cis-type (1-trans) and the inverse-type (1-cis) of the specific example (1) are as follows.

如上所述,棒狀化合物具有直線的分子構造為佳。因此,順型比反型為佳。具體例(2)及(3)係除了幾何異構物,亦包括光學異構物(合計4種的異構物)。幾何異構物中,同樣地順型比反型為佳。光學異構物中沒有特別的優劣,可為D-異構物、L-異構物或外消旋物中任一者。As described above, the rod-like compound preferably has a linear molecular structure. Therefore, the cis is better than the inverse. Specific examples (2) and (3) include optical isomers (a total of four isomers) in addition to geometric isomers. In geometric isomers, the same is preferred as the inversion. There is no particular advantage in the optical isomers, and it may be any of the D-isomer, the L-isomer or the racemate.

具體例(43)~(45)中,中心的亞乙烯基鍵係產生順型與反型。In the specific examples (43) to (45), the center vinylidene bond system produces a cis-type and an inverse type.

與上述同樣理由,順型比反型為佳。For the same reason as above, the cis is preferable to the inverse.

另外,可使用作為遲滯值控制劑之較佳化合物係如下述所示者。Further, a preferred compound which can be used as a hysteresis value controlling agent is as shown below.

溶液的紫外線吸收光譜中,可併用二種以上最大吸收值波長(λmax)係比250nm短之棒狀化合物作為遲滯值控制劑為佳。棒狀化合物考參照文獻記載之方法而合成。文獻可舉例如Mol.Cryst.Liq.Cryst.,第53卷、第229頁(1979年)、同第89卷、第93頁(1982年)、同第145卷、第111頁(1987年)、同第170卷、第43頁(1989年)、J.Am.Chem.Soc.,第113卷、第1349頁(1991年)、同第118卷、第5346頁(1996年)、同第92卷、第1582頁(1970年)、J.Org.Chem.,第40卷、第420頁(1975年)、Tetrahedron、第48卷第16號、第3437頁(1992年)。In the ultraviolet absorption spectrum of the solution, a rod-like compound having two or more maximum absorption wavelengths (λmax) shorter than 250 nm may be used in combination as the hysteresis value controlling agent. The rod-like compound was synthesized by the method described in the literature. For literature, for example, Mol. Cryst. Liq. Cryst., Vol. 53, p. 229 (1979), Vol. 89, p. 93 (1982), vol. 145, p. 111 (1987). , Vol. 170, p. 43 (1989), J. Am. Chem. Soc., vol. 113, p. 1349 (1991), vol. 118, p. 5346 (1996), same Vol. 92, p. 1582 (1970), J. Org. Chem., vol. 40, p. 420 (1975), Tetrahedron, vol. 48, p. 16, p. 3437 (1992).

遲滯值控制劑的添加量係以聚合物之量的0.1~30質量%為佳、0.5~20質量%為較佳。The amount of the hysteresis value controlling agent to be added is preferably from 0.1 to 30% by mass, and preferably from 0.5 to 20% by mass, based on the amount of the polymer.

芳香族化合物相對於醯化纖維素100質量份,以0.01至20質量份的範圍使用為佳。芳香族化合物相對於醯化纖維素100質量份,以0.05至15質量份的範圍使用為較佳、0.1至10質量份的範圍使用為更佳。可併用二種以上的化合物。The aromatic compound is preferably used in an amount of 0.01 to 20 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the deuterated cellulose. The aromatic compound is preferably used in an amount of 0.05 to 15 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the deuterated cellulose. Two or more compounds may be used in combination.

[波長分散調整劑][Wavelength dispersion adjuster]

說明調整醯化纖維素薄膜的波長分散之化合物。醯化纖維素薄膜的波長分散性可用各種的方法來進行調整。例如,可藉由使在200~400nm之紫外區域具有吸收之化合物含於薄膜中來進行調整。該化合物的較佳添加量係因所使用的化合物種類或根據調整而有所不同,可用0.01~30質量%左右、來製作具有上述透明薄膜所要求之光學特性的醯化纖維素薄膜。A compound which adjusts the wavelength dispersion of the deuterated cellulose film will be described. The wavelength dispersion of the deuterated cellulose film can be adjusted by various methods. For example, the adjustment can be carried out by including a compound having absorption in the ultraviolet region of 200 to 400 nm in the film. The preferred addition amount of the compound varies depending on the type of the compound to be used or according to the adjustment, and a deuterated cellulose film having the optical characteristics required for the above transparent film can be produced by using about 0.01 to 30% by mass.

醯化纖維素薄膜的Re、Rth之值係一般為長波長側比短波長側大之波長分散特性。因此,藉由增大相對小的短波長側之Re(λ)、Rth(λ),可要求波長分散變得平滑。另一方面,在200~400nm之紫外線領域具有吸收值之化合物係具有長波長側比短波長側的吸光度大之波長分散特性。該化合物本身若是在醯化纖維素薄膜內部以各向同性的存在的話,可假設化合物本身的雙折射性、進而Re(λ)、Rth(λ)的波長分散,係與吸光度的波長分散同樣地比短波長側大。The values of Re and Rth of the deuterated cellulose film are generally wavelength dispersion characteristics which are larger on the long wavelength side than on the shorter wavelength side. Therefore, by increasing Re(λ) and Rth(λ) on the relatively small short-wavelength side, wavelength dispersion can be required to be smooth. On the other hand, a compound having an absorption value in the ultraviolet field of 200 to 400 nm has a wavelength dispersion characteristic in which the absorbance at the long wavelength side is larger than that on the short wavelength side. When the compound itself is isotropically present inside the deuterated cellulose film, the birefringence of the compound itself, and further the wavelengths of Re(λ) and Rth(λ) can be dispersed, and the wavelength is dispersed similarly to the wavelength of the absorbance. Larger than the short wavelength side.

因此,如上述所示般,藉由使用假設在200~400nm的紫外線領域具有吸收值、化合物本身的Re(λ)、Rth(%)波長分散比短波長側大者,可調製醯化纖維素薄膜的Re、Rth之波長分散。為此係要求調整波長分散之化合物係與醯化纖維素能充分均勻地相溶。此等化合物的紫外線領域之吸收帶範圍為200~400nm為佳、220~395nm為較佳,240~390nm為更佳。Therefore, as described above, by using an assumed absorption value in the ultraviolet field of 200 to 400 nm, and the Re(λ) and Rth (%) wavelength dispersion ratio of the compound itself is larger than the short wavelength side, the deuterated cellulose can be prepared. The wavelengths of Re and Rth of the film are dispersed. For this reason, it is required to adjust the wavelength-dispersed compound to be sufficiently uniformly compatible with the cellulose-deposited cellulose. The absorption band of the ultraviolet field of these compounds is preferably in the range of 200 to 400 nm, preferably 220 to 395 nm, and more preferably 240 to 390 nm.

又,近年電視或個人電腦、移動型携帶端末等的液晶顯示裝置為了更少電力提高亮度之故,要求使用於液晶顯示裝置之光學構件的透過率為優異者。在此點中,將在200~400nm的紫外線領域具有吸收值的之化合物添加至醯化纖維素薄膜之情形中,要求分光透過率係為優異。在本發明的醯化纖維素薄膜中,波長380nm中的分光透過率為45%以上95%以下,且波長350nm中的分光透過率為10%以下係為所期望的。In addition, in recent years, liquid crystal display devices such as televisions, personal computers, and mobile portable terminals have been required to have higher transmittance for optical members used in liquid crystal display devices in order to increase brightness with less power. In this case, in the case where a compound having an absorption value in the ultraviolet field of 200 to 400 nm is added to the deuterated cellulose film, the spectral transmittance is required to be excellent. In the deuterated cellulose film of the present invention, the spectral transmittance at a wavelength of 380 nm is 45% or more and 95% or less, and the spectral transmittance at a wavelength of 350 nm is preferably 10% or less.

如上所述,本發明較佳使用的波長分散調整劑從揮散性的觀點,分子量為250~1000為佳。較佳為260~800、更佳為270~800,特佳為300~800。若在此等分子量之範圍內,可為特定的單體構造,該單體單元為複數鍵結的寡聚物構造、聚合物構造亦可。As described above, the wavelength dispersion adjusting agent preferably used in the present invention preferably has a molecular weight of from 250 to 1,000 from the viewpoint of volatilization. It is preferably 260 to 800, more preferably 270 to 800, and particularly preferably 300 to 800. Within the range of such molecular weights, it may be a specific monomer structure, and the monomer unit may have a complex bonded oligomer structure or a polymer structure.

波長分散調整劑係在醯化纖維素薄膜製作的膠漿流延、乾燥的過程不會揮散為佳。The wavelength dispersion adjusting agent is preferably not dispersed in the process of casting and drying the paste produced by the deuterated cellulose film.

(化合物添加量)(compound addition amount)

上述本發明較佳使用的波長分散調整劑的添加量係為醯化纖維素的0.01~30質量%為佳,0.1~20質量%為較佳,0.2~10質量%為特佳。The amount of the wavelength dispersion adjusting agent to be preferably used in the present invention is preferably 0.01 to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 20% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.2 to 10% by mass.

(化合物添加的方法)(Method of compound addition)

又此等波長分散調整劑可單獨使用,亦可2種以上化合物以任意比例混合使用。Further, these wavelength dispersion adjusting agents may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds of compounds in any ratio.

又添加此等波長分散調整劑的時期可在膠漿製作步驟中的任一時期,亦可在膠漿調製步驟的最後進行。The period in which these wavelength dispersion adjusters are added may be carried out at any stage in the dope preparation step or at the end of the dope preparation step.

本發明較佳使用的波長分散調整劑之具體例可舉例如例如苯并三唑系化合物、二苯甲酮系化合物、含氰基之化合物、羥基二苯甲酮系化合物、水楊酸酯系化合物、鎳錯鹽系化合物等,惟本發明係為不受此等化合物所限制者。Specific examples of the wavelength dispersion adjusting agent to be preferably used in the present invention include, for example, a benzotriazole-based compound, a benzophenone-based compound, a cyano group-containing compound, a hydroxybenzophenone-based compound, and a salicylate-based compound. A compound, a nickel salt-salt compound or the like, but the present invention is not limited by such compounds.

較佳係使用苯并三唑系化合物為通式(3)所示者作為波長分散調整劑。It is preferred to use a benzotriazole-based compound as a wavelength dispersion adjusting agent as represented by the general formula (3).

通式(3)Q1 -Q2 -OH(式中,Q1 係表示含氮芳香族雜環、Q2 係表示芳香族環)General formula (3) Q 1 -Q 2 -OH (wherein Q 1 represents a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring, and Q 2 represents an aromatic ring)

Q1 係表示含氮芳香族雜環,較佳為5至7員的含氮芳香族雜環,更佳為5~6員的含氮芳香族雜環,可舉例如,咪唑、吡唑、三唑、四唑、噻唑、噁唑、硒唑、苯并三唑、苯并噻唑、苯并噁唑、苯并硒唑、噻二唑、噁二唑、萘噻唑、萘噁唑、吖苯并咪唑、嘌呤、吡啶、吡、嘧啶、噠、三、三吖茚、四疊氮啶等,更較佳為5員的含氮芳香族雜環、具體而言,咪唑、吡唑、三唑、四唑、噻唑、噁唑、苯并三唑、苯并噻唑、苯并噁唑、噻二唑、噁二唑為佳,特佳為苯并三唑。Q1 所示之含氮芳香族雜環可更含有取代基,取代基可適用後述的取代基T。又,取代基為複數之情形下,其可各自縮環進一步形成環。Q 1 represents a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring, preferably a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members, more preferably a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring of 5 to 6 members, and examples thereof include imidazole and pyrazole. Triazole, tetrazole, thiazole, oxazole, selenazole, benzotriazole, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, benzoselenazole, thiadiazole, oxadiazole, naphthalene thiazole, naphthazole, benzene Imidazole, hydrazine, pyridine, pyridyl Pyrimidine ,three , triterpenoid, tetraazide, etc., more preferably a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring of 5 members, specifically, imidazole, pyrazole, triazole, tetrazole, thiazole, oxazole, benzotriazole, Benzothiazole, benzoxazole, thiadiazole, oxadiazole are preferred, and benzotriazole is particularly preferred. The nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring represented by Q 1 may further contain a substituent, and the substituent T to be described later may be applied. Further, in the case where the substituent is plural, each of the condensed rings may further form a ring.

Q2 所示之芳香族環可為芳香族烴環抑或芳香族雜環。又,彼等亦可為單環,再者亦可與其他環形成縮合環。芳香族烴環較佳為(較佳為碳原子數6~30的單環或二環之芳香族烴環(可舉例如苯環、萘環等),更佳為碳原子數6~20的芳香族烴環,更較佳為碳原子數6~12的芳香族烴環)。更較佳為苯環。The aromatic ring represented by Q 2 may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic hetero ring. Moreover, they may also be single rings, and may also form condensation rings with other rings. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms (for example, a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring), and more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring is more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. More preferably, it is a benzene ring.

芳香族雜環較佳為含有氟原子或者硫原子的芳香族雜環。雜環的具體例可舉例如噻吩、咪唑、吡唑、吡啶、吡、噠、三唑、三、吲哚、吲唑、嘌呤、噻唑啉、噻唑、噻二唑、噁唑啉、噁唑、噁二唑、喹啉、異喹啉、酞、萘錠、喹喏啉、喹唑啉、噌啉、喋啶、吖啶、菲繞啉、吩、四唑、苯并咪唑、苯并噁唑、苯并噻唑、苯并三唑、四疊氟啶等。芳香族雜環較佳為吡啶、三、喹啉。表示Q2 之芳香族環較佳為芳香族烴環,更佳為萘環、苯環,特佳為苯環。Q2 可更含有取代基,後述的取代基T為佳。取代基T係例如烷基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~12、特佳係碳原子數1~8,例如甲基、乙基、異丙基、第三丁基、正辛基、正癸基、正十六烷基、環丙基、環戊基、環己基等)、烯基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數2~20、更佳係碳原子數2~12、特佳係碳原子數2~8,例如乙烯基、烯丙基、2-丁烯基、3-戊烯基等)、炔基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數2~20、更佳係碳原子數2~12、特佳係碳原子數2~8,例如炔丙基、3-戊炔基等)、芳基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數6~30、更佳係碳原子數6~20、特佳係碳原子數6~12,例如苯基、p-甲苯基、萘基等)、取代或未取代的胺基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數0~20、更佳係碳原子數0~10、特佳係碳原子數0~6,例如胺基、甲胺基、二甲基胺基、二乙基胺基、二戊基胺基等)、烷氧基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~12、特佳係碳原子數1~8,例如甲氧基、乙氧基、丁氧基等)、芳氧基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數6~20、更佳係碳原子數6~16、特佳係碳原子數6~12,例如苯氧基、2-萘氧基等)、醯基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如乙醯基、苯甲醯基、甲醯基、三甲基乙醯基等)、烷氧羰基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數2~20、更佳係碳原子數2~16、特佳係碳原子數2~12,例如甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基等)、芳氧基羰基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數7~20、更佳係碳原子數7~16、特佳係碳原子數7~10,例如苯氧基羰基等)、醯氧基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數2~20、更佳係碳原子數2~16、特佳係碳原子數2~10,例如乙醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基等)、醯胺基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數2~20、更佳係碳原子數2~16、特佳係碳原子數2~10,例如乙醯基胺基、苯甲醯基胺基等)、烷氧基羰胺基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數2~20、更佳係碳原子數2~16、特佳係碳原子數2~12,例如甲氧基羰胺基等)、芳氧基羰胺基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數7~20、更佳係碳原子數7~16、特佳係碳原子數7~12,例如苯氧基羰胺基等)、磺醯胺基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如甲磺醯胺基、苯并磺醯胺基等)、烷基胺磺醯基又芳基胺磺醯基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數0~20、更佳係碳原子數0~16、特佳係碳原子數0~12,例如胺磺醯基、甲胺磺醯基、二甲基胺磺醯基、苯基胺磺醯基等)、胺甲醯基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如胺甲醯基、甲胺甲醯基、二乙基胺甲醯基、苯基胺甲醯基等)、烷硫基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如甲硫基、乙硫基等)、芳硫基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數6~20、更佳係碳原子數6~16、特佳係碳原子數6~12,例如苯硫基等)、烷基磺醯基又芳基磺醯基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如甲磺醯基、甲苯磺醯基等)、烷基亞磺醯基又芳基亞磺醯基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如甲亞磺醯基、苯并亞磺醯基等)、脲基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如脲基、甲脲基、苯基脲基等)、磷酸醯胺基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如二乙基磷酸醯胺基、苯基磷酸醯胺基等)、羥基、氫硫基、鹵素原子(例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子)、氰基、磺醯基、羧基、硝基、氧肟酸基、亞磺基、胼基、亞胺基、雜環基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~30、更佳係1~12,雜原子係例如氮原子、氧原子、硫原子、具體而言例如咪唑基、吡啶基、喹啉基、呋喃基、哌啶基、嗎福啉基、苯并噁唑基、苯并咪唑基、苯并噻唑基等)、矽烷基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數3~40、更佳係碳原子數3~30、特佳係碳原子數3~24,例如,三甲基矽烷基、三苯基矽烷基等)等。此等取代基可進一步被取代。又,取代基為二個以上之情形,可相同或是不同。又,可能情形中可互相連結形成環。The aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably an aromatic heterocyclic ring containing a fluorine atom or a sulfur atom. Specific examples of the heterocyclic ring include thiophene, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, and pyridyl. Triazole, three , hydrazine, carbazole, hydrazine, thiazoline, thiazole, thiadiazole, oxazoline, oxazole, oxadiazole, quinoline, isoquinoline, hydrazine , naphthalene ingot, quinoxaline, quinazoline, porphyrin, acridine, acridine, phenanthroline, phenanthrene , tetrazole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzotriazole, tetralazide. The aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably pyridine or three ,quinoline. The aromatic ring representing Q 2 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, more preferably a naphthalene ring or a benzene ring, and particularly preferably a benzene ring. Q 2 may further contain a substituent, and a substituent T to be described later is preferred. The substituent T is, for example, an alkyl group (for example, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl or isopropyl groups). , a third butyl group, an n-octyl group, a n-decyl group, a n-hexadecyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, etc.), an alkenyl group (for example, preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, more preferably a carbon atom number of 2 to 12, a particularly preferred carbon number of 2 to 8, such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, a 2-butenyl group, a 3-pentenyl group, etc., an alkynyl group (exemplified by a carbon atom) a number of 2 to 20, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 12, a particularly preferred carbon number of 2 to 8, such as a propargyl group, a 3-pentynyl group, or the like, an aryl group (for example, preferably a carbon number of 6) ~30, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, a particularly preferred carbon number of 6 to 12, such as a phenyl group, a p-tolyl group, a naphthyl group or the like, a substituted or unsubstituted amine group (for example, preferably The number of carbon atoms is 0 to 20, more preferably 0 to 10, and the number of carbon atoms is 0 to 6, such as an amine group, a methylamino group, a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, and a dipentyl group. Amino group, etc.), alkoxy group (exemplified by preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and 1 to 12 carbon atoms) 8, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, etc.), aryloxy (exemplified by preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 16 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 6 carbon atoms) ~12, such as phenoxy, 2-naphthyloxy, etc.), fluorenyl (exemplified by preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and 1 to 12 carbon atoms) , for example, an ethyl fluorenyl group, a benzamidine group, a decyl group, a trimethyl ethane group, etc.), an alkoxycarbonyl group (exemplified by preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 16 carbon atoms). Particularly preferred is a carbon number of 2 to 12, such as a methoxycarbonyl group or an ethoxycarbonyl group, and an aryloxycarbonyl group (exemplified by preferably having 7 to 20 carbon atoms and more preferably 7 to 16 carbon atoms). Particularly preferred is a carbon number of 7 to 10, such as a phenoxycarbonyl group, or a decyloxy group (exemplified by preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 16 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably having 2 to 16 carbon atoms). 2 to 10, for example, an oximeoxy group, a benzylideneoxy group, etc.), a guanamine group (for example, preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 16 carbon atoms, and a particularly good carbon number) 2 to 10, for example, an ethoxymethylamino group, a benzhydrylamino group, etc.), an alkoxycarbonylamine group (for example, preferably 2 to 2 carbon atoms) 0, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 16, a particularly preferred carbon number of 2 to 12, such as a methoxycarbonylamino group, or an aryloxycarbonylamino group (for example, preferably a carbon number of 7 to 20) More preferably, the number of carbon atoms is 7 to 16, the number of carbon atoms is 7 to 12, such as phenoxycarbonylamine, etc., and the sulfonylamino group (for example, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) It is a carbon number of 1 to 16, a particularly good carbon number of 1 to 12, such as a methanesulfonylamino group, a benzosulfonylamino group, etc., an alkylamine sulfonyl group and an arylamine sulfonyl group (for example Preferably, the number of carbon atoms is 0 to 20, more preferably 0 to 16 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 0 to 12 carbon atoms, such as an amine sulfonyl group, a methimsulfonyl group, a dimethylamine sulfonyl group, Phenylamine sulfonyl group, etc., an amine carbenyl group (exemplified by preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as amine formazan) a group, a methylamine, a methylamine, a phenylamine, a phenylamine, a thiol group, etc., an alkylthio group (for example, preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 16) , particularly preferred is a carbon number of 1 to 12, such as methylthio, ethylthio, etc.), an arylthio group (for example, preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably carbon) The atomic number is 6 to 16, the particularly preferred carbon number is 6 to 12, for example, a phenylthio group, etc., and the alkylsulfonyl group is an arylsulfonyl group (for example, the number of carbon atoms is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably, a carbon number of 1 to 16, a particularly preferred carbon number of 1 to 12, such as a methylsulfonyl group, a toluenesulfonyl group, etc., an alkylsulfinyl group and an arylsulfinyl group (exemplified by carbon) The number of atoms is 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 16 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as sulfinyl group, benzosulfinyl group, etc., and urea group (for example, preferably The number of carbon atoms is 1 to 20, more preferably, the number of carbon atoms is 1 to 16, the number of carbon atoms is 1 to 12, such as urea group, methylurea group, phenylureido group, etc., and guanidinium phosphate group (for example, Preferably, the number of carbon atoms is 1 to 20, more preferably, the number of carbon atoms is 1 to 16, and the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 12, such as diethylphosphonium amide, phenylphosphonium amide, etc., hydroxyl group, hydrogen Sulfur group, halogen atom (for example, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), cyano group, sulfonyl group, carboxyl group, nitro group, hydroxamic acid group, sulfinyl group, fluorenyl group, imido group, heterocyclic ring The base (for example, preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a hetero atom such as a nitrogen atom) , an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, specifically, for example, imidazolyl, pyridyl, quinolyl, furyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, etc.) And a decyl group (for example, preferably, the number of carbon atoms is 3 to 40, more preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 3 to 24 carbon atoms, for example, trimethyl decyl group, triphenyl decyl group, etc.) )Wait. These substituents may be further substituted. Further, in the case where the substituent is two or more, they may be the same or different. Also, in some cases, they may be connected to each other to form a loop.

通式(3)所表示的化合物之中,尤以下述通式(3-A)所表示之化合物為佳。Among the compounds represented by the formula (3), a compound represented by the following formula (3-A) is particularly preferred.

式中,R1 、R2 、R3 、R4 、R5 、R6 、R7 、及R8 係表示各自獨立的氫原子或取代基。In the formula, R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

R1 、R2 、R3 、R4 、R5 、R6 、R7 及R8 係表示各自獨立的氫原子或取代基,取代基可適用前述的取代基T。又此等取代基可進一步由其他別取代基所取代,亦可取代基彼此進行縮環以形成環構造。R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 and R 8 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and the substituent T can be applied to the substituent. Further, such substituents may be further substituted by other substituents, or the substituents may be condensed to each other to form a ring structure.

R1 及R3 較佳為氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、取代或無取代之胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、鹵素原子,較佳為氫原子、烷基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、鹵素原子,更佳為氫原子、碳1~12烷基,特佳為碳數1~12烷基(較佳為碳數4~12)。R 1 and R 3 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, preferably a hydrogen atom, An alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a halogen atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a carbon 1-12 alkyl group, particularly preferably a C 1-12 alkyl group (preferably a carbon number of 4 to 12). .

R2 及R4 較佳為氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、取代或無取代的胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、鹵素原子,較佳為氫原子、烷基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、鹵素原子、更佳為氫原子、碳1~12烷基,特佳為氫原子、甲基,最佳為氫原子。R 2 and R 4 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, preferably a hydrogen atom, An alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a halogen atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom, or a carbon 1-12 alkyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and most preferably a hydrogen atom.

R5 及R8 較佳為氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、取代或無取代的胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、鹵素原子,較佳為氫原子、烷基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、鹵素原子、更佳為氫原子、碳1~12烷基,特佳為氫原子、甲基,最佳為氫原子。R 5 and R 8 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, preferably a hydrogen atom, An alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a halogen atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom, or a carbon 1-12 alkyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and most preferably a hydrogen atom.

R6 及R7 較佳為氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、取代或無取代的胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、鹵素原子,較佳為氫原子、烷基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、鹵素原子、更佳為氫原子、鹵素原子,特佳為氫原子、氯原子。R 6 and R 7 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, preferably a hydrogen atom, An alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a halogen atom, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a chlorine atom.

通式(3)較佳為下述通式(3-B)所表示之化合物。The compound of the formula (3) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (3-B).

式中,R1 、R3 、R6 及R7 係與通式(3-A)中等者同義,較佳範圍亦為相同。In the formula, R 1 , R 3 , R 6 and R 7 are the same as those of the formula (3-A), and the preferred ranges are also the same.

以下係列舉通式(3)所示化合物的具體例,惟本發明係為不受下述具體例所限制者。Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (3) are shown in the following series, but the present invention is not limited by the following specific examples.

在上例所示之苯并三唑系化合物之中,即使於製作不含有分子量320以下之本發明透明薄膜薄膜的情形下,已確認在保留性之點係為有利。Among the benzotriazole-based compounds shown in the above examples, even in the case of producing a transparent film film of the present invention which does not contain a molecular weight of 320 or less, it has been confirmed that it is advantageous in terms of retention.

又本發明的第2態樣中所使用的波長分散調整劑之一的二苯甲酮系化合物,係以使用通式(4)所示者為佳。Further, the benzophenone compound which is one of the wavelength dispersion adjusting agents used in the second aspect of the present invention is preferably one represented by the formula (4).

式中,Q1 a 及Q2 a 係表示各自獨立的芳香族環。X係表示NR(R係表示氫原子或取代基)、氧原子或硫原子。In the formula, Q 1 a and Q 2 a represent independent aromatic rings. X represents NR (R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent), an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.

Q1 a 及Q2 a 所示之芳香族環可為芳香族烴環抑或芳香族雜環。又,彼等亦可為單環,亦可進一步與其他環形成縮合環。Q1 a 及Q2 a 所示之芳香族烴環較佳為(較佳為碳原子數6~30的單環或二環之芳香族烴環(可舉例如苯環、萘環等),更佳為碳原子數6~20的芳香族烴環,更較佳為碳原子數6~12的芳香族烴環)。更較佳為苯環。Q1 a 及Q2 a 所示之芳香族雜環較佳為含有至少一個氧原子、氟原子或者硫原子中任一者之芳香族雜環。雜環的具體例可舉例如呋喃、吡咯、噻吩、咪唑、吡唑、吡啶、吡、噠、三唑、三、吲哚、吲唑、嘌呤、噻唑啉、噻唑、噻二唑、噁唑啉、噁唑、噁二唑、喹啉、異喹啉、酞、萘錠、喹喏啉、喹唑啉、噌啉、喋啶、吖啶、菲繞啉、吩、四唑、苯并咪唑、苯并噁唑、苯并噻唑、苯并三唑、四疊氮啶等。芳香族雜環較佳為吡啶、三、喹啉。Q1 a 及Q2 a 所示之芳香族環較佳為芳香族烴環,更佳為碳原子數6~10的芳香族烴環,更較佳為取代或無取代的苯環。Q1 a 及Q2 a 可更含有取代基,後述的取代基T為佳,但是取代基不含有羧酸或磺酸、4級銨鹽。又,在可能的情形下,取代基彼此可連結以形成環構造。The aromatic ring represented by Q 1 a and Q 2 a may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic hetero ring. Further, they may be monocyclic or may form a condensed ring with other rings. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring represented by Q 1 a and Q 2 a is preferably a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms (for example, a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring). More preferably, it is an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. More preferably, it is a benzene ring. The aromatic heterocyclic ring represented by Q 1 a and Q 2 a is preferably an aromatic heterocyclic ring containing at least one of an oxygen atom, a fluorine atom or a sulfur atom. Specific examples of the heterocyclic ring include furan, pyrrole, thiophene, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, and pyridyl. Triazole, three , hydrazine, carbazole, hydrazine, thiazoline, thiazole, thiadiazole, oxazoline, oxazole, oxadiazole, quinoline, isoquinoline, hydrazine , naphthalene ingot, quinoxaline, quinazoline, porphyrin, acridine, acridine, phenanthroline, phenanthrene , tetrazole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzotriazole, tetraazide and the like. The aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably pyridine or three ,quinoline. The aromatic ring represented by Q 1 a and Q 2 a is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring. Q 1 a and Q 2 a may further contain a substituent, and the substituent T described later is preferred, but the substituent does not contain a carboxylic acid, a sulfonic acid or a quaternary ammonium salt. Also, where possible, the substituents may be joined to each other to form a ring configuration.

X係表示NR(R係表示氫原子或取代基。取代基可適用後述的取代基T)、氧原子或硫原子,X較佳為NR(R較佳為醯基、磺醯基、此等取代基可進一步取代)、或O,特佳為O。X is NR (R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. The substituent may be a substituent T to be described later), an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, and X is preferably NR (R is preferably a sulfhydryl group or a sulfonyl group, etc. The substituent may be further substituted with) or O, particularly preferably O.

取代基T係例如烷基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~12、特佳係碳原子數1~8,例如甲基、乙基、異丙基、第三丁基、正辛基、正癸基、正十六烷基、環丙基、環戊基、環己基等)、烯基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數2~20、更佳係碳原子數2~12、特佳係碳原子數2~8,例如乙烯基、烯丙基、2-丁烯基、3-戊烯基等)、炔基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數2~20、更佳係碳原子數2~12、特佳係碳原子數2~8,例如炔丙基、3-戊炔基等)、芳基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數6~30、更佳係碳原子數6~20、特佳係碳原子數6~12,例如苯基、p-甲苯基、萘基等)、取代或未取代的胺基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數0~20、更佳係碳原子數0~10、特佳係碳原子數0~6,例如胺基、甲胺基、二甲基胺基、二乙基胺基、二戊基胺基等)、烷氧基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~12、特佳係碳原子數1~8,例如甲氧基、乙氧基、丁氧基等)、芳氧基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數6~20、更佳係碳原子數6~16、特佳係碳原子數6~12,例如苯氧基、2-萘氧基等)、醯基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如乙醯基、苯甲醯基、甲醯基、三甲基乙醯基等)、烷氧碳基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數2~20、更佳係碳原子數2~16、特佳係碳原子數2~12,例如甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基等)、芳氧基羰基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數7~20、更佳係碳原子數7~16、特佳係碳原子數7~10,例如苯氧基羰基等)、醯氧基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數2~20、更佳係碳原子數2~16、特佳係碳原子數2~10,例如乙醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基等)、醯胺基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數2~20、更佳係碳原子數2~16、特佳係碳原子數2~10,例如乙醯基胺基、苯甲醯基胺基等)、烷氧基羰胺基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數2~20、更佳係碳原子數2~16、特佳係碳原子數2~12,例如甲氧基羰胺基等)、芳氧基羰胺基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數7~20、更佳係碳原子數7~16、特佳係碳原子數7~12,例如苯氧基羰胺基等)、磺醯胺基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如甲磺醯胺基、苯并磺醯胺基等)、烷基胺磺醯基又芳基胺磺醯基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數0~20、更佳係碳原子數0~16、特佳係碳原子數0~12,例如胺磺醯基、甲胺磺醯基、二甲基胺磺醯基、苯基胺磺醯基等)、胺甲醯基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如胺甲醯基、甲胺甲醯基、二乙基胺甲醯基、苯基胺甲醯基等)、烷硫基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如甲硫基、乙硫基等)、芳硫基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數6~20、更佳係碳原子數6~16、特佳係碳原子數6~12,例如苯硫基等)、烷基磺醯基又芳基磺醯基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如甲磺醯基、甲苯磺醯基等)、烷基亞磺醯基又芳基亞磺醯基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如甲亞磺醯基、苯并亞磺醯基等)、脲基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如脲基、甲脲基、苯基脲基等)、磷酸醯胺基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如二乙基磷酸醯胺基、苯基磷酸醯胺基等)、羥基、氫硫基、鹵素原子(例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子)、氰基、磺醯基、羧基、硝基、氧肟酸基、亞磺基、胼基、亞胺基、雜環基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~30、更佳係1~12,雜原子係例如氮原子、氧原子、硫原子、具體而言例如咪唑基、吡啶基、喹啉基、呋喃基、哌啶基、嗎福啉基、苯并噁唑基、苯并咪唑基、苯并噻唑基等)、矽烷基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數3~40、更佳係碳原子數3~30、特佳係碳原子數3~24,例如,三甲基矽烷基、三苯基矽烷基等)等。此等取代基可進一步被取代。又,取代基為二個以上之情形,可相同或是不同。又,可能情形中可互相連結形成環。The substituent T is, for example, an alkyl group (for example, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl or isopropyl groups). , a third butyl group, an n-octyl group, a n-decyl group, a n-hexadecyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, etc.), an alkenyl group (for example, preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, more preferably a carbon atom number of 2 to 12, a particularly preferred carbon number of 2 to 8, such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, a 2-butenyl group, a 3-pentenyl group, etc., an alkynyl group (exemplified by a carbon atom) a number of 2 to 20, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 12, a particularly preferred carbon number of 2 to 8, such as a propargyl group, a 3-pentynyl group, or the like, an aryl group (for example, preferably a carbon number of 6) ~30, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, a particularly preferred carbon number of 6 to 12, such as a phenyl group, a p-tolyl group, a naphthyl group or the like, a substituted or unsubstituted amine group (for example, preferably The number of carbon atoms is 0 to 20, more preferably 0 to 10, and the number of carbon atoms is 0 to 6, such as an amine group, a methylamino group, a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, and a dipentyl group. Amino group, etc.), alkoxy group (exemplified by preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and 1 to 12 carbon atoms) 8, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, etc.), aryloxy (exemplified by preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 16 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 6 carbon atoms) ~12, such as phenoxy, 2-naphthyloxy, etc.), fluorenyl (exemplified by preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and 1 to 12 carbon atoms) , for example, an ethyl fluorenyl group, a benzamidine group, a decyl group, a trimethyl ethane group, etc.), an alkoxy carbon group (for example, preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 16 carbon atoms) , particularly preferably a carbon number of 2 to 12, such as a methoxycarbonyl group or an ethoxycarbonyl group, or an aryloxycarbonyl group (exemplified by preferably having 7 to 20 carbon atoms and more preferably 7 to 16 carbon atoms). , particularly preferably having a carbon number of 7 to 10, such as a phenoxycarbonyl group, or a decyloxy group (exemplified by preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 16 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a carbon atom). a number of 2 to 10, for example, an ethoxylated group, a benzhydryloxy group, or the like, and a guanamine group (for example, preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 16 carbon atoms, and a particularly excellent carbon atom) a number of 2 to 10, such as an acetamidoamine group, a benzhydrylamino group, etc.), an alkoxycarbonylamine group (for example, preferably 2 to 2 carbon atoms) 0, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 16, a particularly preferred carbon number of 2 to 12, such as a methoxycarbonylamino group, or an aryloxycarbonylamino group (for example, preferably a carbon number of 7 to 20) More preferably, the number of carbon atoms is 7 to 16, the number of carbon atoms is 7 to 12, such as phenoxycarbonylamine, etc., and the sulfonylamino group (for example, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) It is a carbon number of 1 to 16, a particularly good carbon number of 1 to 12, such as a methanesulfonylamino group, a benzosulfonylamino group, etc., an alkylamine sulfonyl group and an arylamine sulfonyl group (for example Preferably, the number of carbon atoms is 0 to 20, more preferably 0 to 16 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 0 to 12 carbon atoms, such as an amine sulfonyl group, a methimsulfonyl group, a dimethylamine sulfonyl group, Phenylamine sulfonyl group, etc., an amine carbenyl group (exemplified by preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as amine formazan) a group, a methylamine, a methylamine, a phenylamine, a phenylamine, a thiol group, etc., an alkylthio group (for example, preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 16) , particularly preferred is a carbon number of 1 to 12, such as methylthio, ethylthio, etc.), an arylthio group (for example, preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably carbon) The atomic number is 6 to 16, the particularly preferred carbon number is 6 to 12, for example, a phenylthio group, etc., and the alkylsulfonyl group is an arylsulfonyl group (for example, the number of carbon atoms is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably, a carbon number of 1 to 16, a particularly preferred carbon number of 1 to 12, such as a methylsulfonyl group, a toluenesulfonyl group, etc., an alkylsulfinyl group and an arylsulfinyl group (exemplified by carbon) The number of atoms is 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 16 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as sulfinyl group, benzosulfinyl group, etc., and urea group (for example, preferably The number of carbon atoms is 1 to 20, more preferably, the number of carbon atoms is 1 to 16, the number of carbon atoms is 1 to 12, such as urea group, methylurea group, phenylureido group, etc., and guanidinium phosphate group (for example, Preferably, the number of carbon atoms is 1 to 20, more preferably, the number of carbon atoms is 1 to 16, and the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 12, such as diethylphosphonium amide, phenylphosphonium amide, etc., hydroxyl group, hydrogen Sulfur group, halogen atom (for example, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), cyano group, sulfonyl group, carboxyl group, nitro group, hydroxamic acid group, sulfinyl group, fluorenyl group, imido group, heterocyclic ring The base (for example, preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a hetero atom such as a nitrogen atom) , an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, specifically, for example, imidazolyl, pyridyl, quinolyl, furyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, etc.) And a decyl group (for example, preferably, the number of carbon atoms is 3 to 40, more preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 3 to 24 carbon atoms, for example, trimethyl decyl group, triphenyl decyl group, etc.) )Wait. These substituents may be further substituted. Further, in the case where the substituent is two or more, they may be the same or different. Also, in some cases, they may be connected to each other to form a loop.

通式(4)較佳為下述通式(4-A)所表示之化合物。The compound of the formula (4) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (4-A).

式中,R1 b 、R2 b 、R3 b 、R4 b 、R5 b 、R6 b 、R7 b 、R8 b 、及R9 b 係表示各自獨立的氫原子或取代基。In the formula, R 1 b , R 2 b , R 3 b , R 4 b , R 5 b , R 6 b , R 7 b , R 8 b , and R 9 b each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.

R1 b 、R2 b 、R3 b 、R4 b 、R5 b 、R6 b 、R7 b 、R8 b 、及R9 b 係表示各自獨立的氫原子或取代基,取代基可適用前述的取代基T。又此等取代基可進一步由其他取代基所取代,亦可取代基彼此進行縮環以形成環構造。R 1 b , R 2 b , R 3 b , R 4 b , R 5 b , R 6 b , R 7 b , R 8 b , and R 9 b each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and the substituent may be The aforementioned substituent T is applied. Further, such substituents may be further substituted by other substituents, or the substituents may be condensed to each other to form a ring structure.

R1 b 、R3 b 、R4 b 、R5 b 、R6 b 、R8 b 及R9 b 較佳為氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、取代或無取代的胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、鹵素原子,較佳為氫原子、烷基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、鹵素原子、更佳為氫原子、碳1~12烷基,特佳為氫原子、甲基,最佳為氫原子。R 1 b , R 3 b , R 4 b , R 5 b , R 6 b , R 8 b and R 9 b are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted one. Amino group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, hydroxyl group, halogen atom, preferably hydrogen atom, alkyl group, aryl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, halogen atom, more preferably hydrogen atom, carbon 1-12 alkane The base is particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom.

R2 b 較佳為氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、取代或無取代的胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、鹵素原子,較佳為氫原子、碳數1~20的烷基、碳數0~20的胺基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數6~12芳氧基、羥基、更佳為碳數1~20的烷氧基,特佳為碳數1~12的烷氧基。R 2 b is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, preferably a hydrogen atom or a carbon number. 1 to 20 alkyl groups, 0 to 20 carbon atoms, 1 to 12 carbon atoms, 6 to 12 aryloxy groups, hydroxyl groups, more preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Particularly preferred is an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms.

R7 b 較佳為氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、取代或無取代的胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、鹵素原子,較佳為氫原子、碳數1~20的烷基、碳數0~20的胺基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數6~12芳氧基、羥基、更佳為氫原子、碳數1~20的烷基(較佳為碳數1~12,較佳為碳數1~8、更佳為甲基),特佳為甲基、氫原子。R 7 b is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, preferably a hydrogen atom or a carbon number. 1 to 20 alkyl groups, carbon number 0 to 20 amine groups, carbon number 1 to 12 alkoxy groups, carbon number 6 to 12 aryloxy groups, hydroxyl groups, more preferably hydrogen atoms, carbon number 1 to 20 alkyl groups The base (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 12, preferably a carbon number of 1 to 8, more preferably a methyl group) is particularly preferably a methyl group or a hydrogen atom.

通式(4)較佳為下述通式(4-B)所表示之化合物。The compound of the formula (4) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (4-B).

式中,R1 0 b 係表示氫原子、取代或無取代的烷基、取代或無取代的烯基、取代或無取代的炔基、取代或無取代的芳基。In the formula, R 1 0 b represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.

R1 0 b 係表示氫原子、取代或無取代的烷基、取代或無取代的烯基、取代或無取代的炔基、取代或無取代的芳基,取代基可適用前述的取代基T。R 1 0 b represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, and the substituent may be applied to the aforementioned substituent T. .

R1 0 b 較佳為取代或無取代的烷基,較佳為碳數5~20的取代或無取代的烷基、更佳為碳數5~12的取代或無取代的烷基(舉例如n-己基、2-乙基己基、n-辛基、n-癸基、n-十一烷基、苄基等),特佳為碳數6~12的取代或無取代的烷基(2-乙基己基、n-辛基、n-癸基、n-十一烷基、苄基)。R 1 0 b is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 5 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 5 to 12 carbon atoms (for example) Such as n-hexyl, 2-ethylhexyl, n-octyl, n-fluorenyl, n-undecyl, benzyl, etc., particularly preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 6 to 12 carbons ( 2-ethylhexyl, n-octyl, n-fluorenyl, n-undecyl, benzyl).

通式(4)所表示之化合物可根據特開平11-12219號公報記載之眾所周知的方法來合成。The compound represented by the formula (4) can be synthesized by a known method described in JP-A-11-12219.

以下係舉例通式(4)所表示之化合物的具體例,惟本發明係為不受下述具體例所限制者。Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (4) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited by the following specific examples.

又本發明第2態樣中所使用的波長分散調整劑之一、即含有氰基的化合物,以使用通式(5)所示者為佳。Further, one of the wavelength dispersion adjusting agents used in the second aspect of the present invention, that is, a compound containing a cyano group, is preferably one represented by the formula (5).

式中,Q1 c 及Q2 c 係表示各自獨立的芳香族環。X1 c 及X2 c 係表示氫原子或取代基,至少任一者係表示氰基、羰基、磺醯基、芳香族雜環。Q1 c 及Q2 c 所示之芳香族環可為芳香族烴環或是芳香族雜環。又,彼等可為單環,亦可進一步與其他環形成縮合環。In the formula, Q 1 c and Q 2 c represent independent aromatic rings. X 1 c and X 2 c represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and at least one of them represents a cyano group, a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, or an aromatic hetero ring. The aromatic ring represented by Q 1 c and Q 2 c may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic hetero ring. Further, they may be a single ring or may further form a condensed ring with other rings.

芳香族烴環較佳為(較佳為碳原子數6~30的單環或二環的芳香族烴環(可舉例如苯環、萘環等),較佳為碳原子數6~20的芳香族烴環,更佳為碳原子數6~12的芳香族烴環)。更佳為苯環。The aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms (for example, a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring), and preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring is more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. More preferably, it is a benzene ring.

芳香族雜環係較佳為含有氟原子或者硫原子之芳香族雜環。雜環的具體例可舉例如噻吩、咪唑、吡唑、吡啶、吡、噠、三唑、三、吲哚、吲唑、嘌呤、噻唑啉、噻唑、噻二唑、噁唑啉、噁唑、噁二唑、喹啉、異喹啉、酞、萘錠、喹喏啉、喹唑啉、噌啉、喋啶、吖啶、菲繞啉、吩、四唑、苯并咪唑、苯并噁唑、苯并噻唑、苯并三唑、四疊氟啶等。芳香族雜環較佳為吡啶、三、喹啉。The aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably an aromatic heterocyclic ring containing a fluorine atom or a sulfur atom. Specific examples of the heterocyclic ring include thiophene, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, and pyridyl. Triazole, three , hydrazine, carbazole, hydrazine, thiazoline, thiazole, thiadiazole, oxazoline, oxazole, oxadiazole, quinoline, isoquinoline, hydrazine , naphthalene ingot, quinoxaline, quinazoline, porphyrin, acridine, acridine, phenanthroline, phenanthrene , tetrazole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzotriazole, tetralazide. The aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably pyridine or three ,quinoline.

Q1 c 及Q2 c 所表示之芳香族環較佳為芳香族烴環,較佳為苯環。Q1 c 及Q2 c 可更含有取代基,以後述的取代基T為佳。取代基T係例如烷基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~12、特佳係碳原子數1~8,例如甲基、乙基、異丙基、第三丁基、正辛基、正癸基、正十六烷基、環丙基、環戊基、環己基等)、烯基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數2~20、更佳係碳原子數2~12、特佳係碳原子數2~8,例如乙烯基、烯丙基、2-丁烯基、3-戊烯基等)、炔基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數2~20、更佳係碳原子數2~12、特佳係碳原子數2~8,例如炔丙基、3-戊炔基等)、芳基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數6~30、更佳係碳原子數6~20、特佳係碳原子數6~12,例如苯基、p-甲苯基、萘基等)、取代或未取代的胺基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數0~20、更佳係碳原子數0~10、特佳係碳原子數0~6,例如胺基、甲胺基、二甲基胺基、二乙基胺基、二戊基胺基等)、烷氧基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~12、特佳係碳原子數1~8,例如甲氧基、乙氧基、丁氧基等)、芳氧基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數6~20、更佳係碳原子數6~16、特佳係碳原子數6~12,例如苯氧基、2-萘氧基等)、醯基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如乙醯基、苯甲醯基、甲醯基、三甲基乙醯基等)、烷氧羰基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數2~20、更佳係碳原子數2~16、特佳係碳原子數2~12,例如甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基等)、芳氧基羰基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數7~20、更佳係碳原子數7~16、特佳係碳原子數7~10,例如苯氧基羰基等)、醯氧基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數2~20、更佳係碳原子數2~16、特佳係碳原子數2~10,例如乙醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基等)、醯胺基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數2~20、更佳係碳原子數2~16、特佳係碳原子數2~10,例如乙醯基胺基、苯甲醯基胺基等)、烷氧基羰胺基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數2~20、更佳係碳原子數2~16、特佳係碳原子數2~12,例如甲氧基羰胺基等)、芳氧基羰胺基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數7~20、更佳係碳原子數7~16、特佳係碳原子數7~12,例如苯氧基羰胺基等)、磺醯胺基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如甲磺醯胺基、苯并磺醯胺基等)、烷基胺磺醯基又芳基胺磺醯基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數0~20、更佳係碳原子數0~16、特佳係碳原子數0~12,例如胺磺醯基、甲胺磺醯基、二甲基胺磺醯基、苯基胺磺醯基等)、胺甲醯基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如胺甲醯基、甲胺甲醯基、二乙基胺甲醯基、苯基胺甲醯基等)、烷硫基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如甲硫基、乙硫基等)、芳硫基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數6~20、更佳係碳原子數6~16、特佳係碳原子數6~12,例如苯硫基等)、烷基磺醯基又芳基磺醯基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如甲磺醯基、甲苯磺醯基等)、烷基亞磺醯基又芳基亞磺醯基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如甲亞磺醯基、苯并亞磺醯基等)、脲基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如脲基、甲脲基、苯基脲基等)、磷酸醯胺基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~20、更佳係碳原子數1~16、特佳係碳原子數1~12,例如二乙基磷酸醯胺基、苯基磷酸醯胺基等)、羥基、氫硫基、鹵素原子(例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子)、氰基、磺醯基、羧基、硝基、氧肟酸基、亞磺基、胼基、亞胺基、雜環基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數1~30、更佳係1~12,雜原子係例如氮原子、氧原子、硫原子、具體而言例如咪唑基、吡啶基、喹啉基、呋喃基、哌啶基、嗎福啉基、苯并噁唑基、苯并咪唑基、苯并噻唑基等)、矽烷基(可舉例較佳為碳原子數3~40、更佳係碳原子數3~30、特佳係碳原子數3~24,例如,三甲基矽烷基、三苯基矽烷基等)等。此等取代基可進一步被取代。又,取代基為二個以上之情形,可相同或是不同。又,可能情形中可互相連結形成環。The aromatic ring represented by Q 1 c and Q 2 c is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, preferably a benzene ring. Q 1 c and Q 2 c may further contain a substituent, and a substituent T to be described later is preferred. The substituent T is, for example, an alkyl group (for example, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl or isopropyl groups). , a third butyl group, an n-octyl group, a n-decyl group, a n-hexadecyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, etc.), an alkenyl group (for example, preferably a carbon number of 2 to 20, more preferably a carbon atom number of 2 to 12, a particularly preferred carbon number of 2 to 8, such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, a 2-butenyl group, a 3-pentenyl group, etc., an alkynyl group (exemplified by a carbon atom) a number of 2 to 20, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 12, a particularly preferred carbon number of 2 to 8, such as a propargyl group, a 3-pentynyl group, or the like, an aryl group (for example, preferably a carbon number of 6) ~30, more preferably a carbon number of 6 to 20, a particularly preferred carbon number of 6 to 12, such as a phenyl group, a p-tolyl group, a naphthyl group or the like, a substituted or unsubstituted amine group (for example, preferably The number of carbon atoms is 0 to 20, more preferably 0 to 10, and the number of carbon atoms is 0 to 6, such as an amine group, a methylamino group, a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, and a dipentyl group. Amino group, etc.), alkoxy group (exemplified by preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and 1 to 12 carbon atoms) 8, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, etc.), aryloxy (exemplified by preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 16 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 6 carbon atoms) ~12, such as phenoxy, 2-naphthyloxy, etc.), fluorenyl (exemplified by preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and 1 to 12 carbon atoms) , for example, an ethyl fluorenyl group, a benzamidine group, a decyl group, a trimethyl ethane group, etc.), an alkoxycarbonyl group (exemplified by preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 16 carbon atoms). Particularly preferred is a carbon number of 2 to 12, such as a methoxycarbonyl group or an ethoxycarbonyl group, and an aryloxycarbonyl group (exemplified by preferably having 7 to 20 carbon atoms and more preferably 7 to 16 carbon atoms). Particularly preferred is a carbon number of 7 to 10, such as a phenoxycarbonyl group, or a decyloxy group (exemplified by preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 16 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably having 2 to 16 carbon atoms). 2 to 10, for example, an oximeoxy group, a benzylideneoxy group, etc.), a guanamine group (for example, preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 16 carbon atoms, and a particularly good carbon number) 2 to 10, for example, an ethoxymethylamino group, a benzhydrylamino group, etc.), an alkoxycarbonylamine group (for example, preferably 2 to 2 carbon atoms) 0, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 16, a particularly preferred carbon number of 2 to 12, such as a methoxycarbonylamino group, or an aryloxycarbonylamino group (for example, preferably a carbon number of 7 to 20) More preferably, the number of carbon atoms is 7 to 16, the number of carbon atoms is 7 to 12, such as phenoxycarbonylamine, etc., and the sulfonylamino group (for example, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) It is a carbon number of 1 to 16, a particularly good carbon number of 1 to 12, such as a methanesulfonylamino group, a benzosulfonylamino group, etc., an alkylamine sulfonyl group and an arylamine sulfonyl group (for example Preferably, the number of carbon atoms is 0 to 20, more preferably 0 to 16 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 0 to 12 carbon atoms, such as an amine sulfonyl group, a methimsulfonyl group, a dimethylamine sulfonyl group, Phenylamine sulfonyl group, etc., an amine carbenyl group (exemplified by preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as amine formazan) a group, a methylamine, a methylamine, a phenylamine, a phenylamine, a thiol group, etc., an alkylthio group (for example, preferably a carbon number of 1 to 20, more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 16) , particularly preferred is a carbon number of 1 to 12, such as methylthio, ethylthio, etc.), an arylthio group (for example, preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably carbon) The atomic number is 6 to 16, the particularly preferred carbon number is 6 to 12, for example, a phenylthio group, etc., and the alkylsulfonyl group is an arylsulfonyl group (for example, the number of carbon atoms is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably, a carbon number of 1 to 16, a particularly preferred carbon number of 1 to 12, such as a methylsulfonyl group, a toluenesulfonyl group, etc., an alkylsulfinyl group and an arylsulfinyl group (exemplified by carbon) The number of atoms is 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 16 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, such as sulfinyl group, benzosulfinyl group, etc., and urea group (for example, preferably The number of carbon atoms is 1 to 20, more preferably, the number of carbon atoms is 1 to 16, the number of carbon atoms is 1 to 12, such as urea group, methylurea group, phenylureido group, etc., and guanidinium phosphate group (for example, Preferably, the number of carbon atoms is 1 to 20, more preferably, the number of carbon atoms is 1 to 16, and the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 to 12, such as diethylphosphonium amide, phenylphosphonium amide, etc., hydroxyl group, hydrogen Sulfur group, halogen atom (for example, fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), cyano group, sulfonyl group, carboxyl group, nitro group, hydroxamic acid group, sulfinyl group, fluorenyl group, imido group, heterocyclic ring The base (for example, preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and a hetero atom such as a nitrogen atom) , an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, specifically, for example, imidazolyl, pyridyl, quinolyl, furyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, etc.) And a decyl group (for example, preferably, the number of carbon atoms is 3 to 40, more preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably 3 to 24 carbon atoms, for example, trimethyl decyl group, triphenyl decyl group, etc.) )Wait. These substituents may be further substituted. Further, in the case where the substituent is two or more, they may be the same or different. Also, in some cases, they may be connected to each other to form a loop.

X1 c 及X2 c 係表示氫原子或取代基,至少任一者係表示氰基、羰基、磺醯基、芳香族雜環。X1 c 及X2 c 所示之取代基係可適用前述的取代基T。又,X1 c 及X2 c 所示之取代基可進一步由其他取代基所取代,X1 c 及X2 c 係可各自進行縮環以形成環構造。X 1 c and X 2 c represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and at least one of them represents a cyano group, a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, or an aromatic hetero ring. The substituents represented by X 1 c and X 2 c are applicable to the aforementioned substituent T. Further, the substituents represented by X 1 c and X 2 c may be further substituted by other substituents, and each of X 1 c and X 2 c may be condensed to form a ring structure.

X1 c 及X2 c 較佳為氫原子、烷基、芳基、氰基、硝基、羰基、磺醯基、芳香族雜環,更佳為氰基、羰基、磺醯基、芳香族雜環,更較佳為氰基、羰基、特佳為氰基、烷氧基羰基(-C(=O)OR(R:碳原子數1~20烷基、碳原子數6~12的芳基及此等組合者))。X 1 c and X 2 c are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, an aromatic hetero ring, more preferably a cyano group, a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group or an aromatic group. The heterocyclic ring is more preferably a cyano group, a carbonyl group, particularly preferably a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group (-C(=O)OR (R: an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and a carbon number of 6 to 12) Base and these combinations))).

通式(5)較佳為下述通式(5-A)所表示之化合物。The compound of the formula (5) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (5-A).

式中,R1 c 、R2 c 、R3 c 、R4 c 、R5 c 、R6 c 、R7 c 、R8 c 、R9 c 及R1 0 c 係表示各自獨立的氫原子或取代基。X1 c 及X2 c 係與通式(5)中等者同義,較佳範圍亦為相同。In the formula, R 1 c , R 2 c , R 3 c , R 4 c , R 5 c , R 6 c , R 7 c , R 8 c , R 9 c and R 1 0 c represent independent hydrogen atoms. Or a substituent. X 1 c and X 2 c are synonymous with those of the formula (5), and the preferred ranges are also the same.

R1 c 、R2 c 、R3 c 、R4 c 、R5 c 、R6 c 、R7 c 、R8 c 、R9 c 及R1 0 c 係表示各自獨立的氫原子或取代基,取代基可適用前述的取代基T。又此等取代基可進一步由別的取代基所取代,又取代基彼此可進行縮環以形成環構造。R 1 c , R 2 c , R 3 c , R 4 c , R 5 c , R 6 c , R 7 c , R 8 c , R 9 c and R 1 0 c represent independent hydrogen atoms or substituents. The substituent T can be applied to the substituent. Further, such substituents may be further substituted by other substituents, and the substituents may be condensed to each other to form a ring structure.

R1 c 、R2 c 、R3 c 、R4 cR 5 c 、R6 c 、R7 c 、R8 c 、R9 c 及R1 0 c 較佳為氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、取代或無取代的胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、鹵素原子,較佳為氫原子、烷基、芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、鹵素原子、更佳為氫原子、碳1~12烷基,特佳為氫原子、甲基,最佳為氫原子。R 1 c , R 2 c , R 3 c , R 4 c , R 5 c , R 6 c , R 7 c , R 8 c , R 9 c and R 1 0 c are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an alkene. Alkyl, alkynyl, aryl, substituted or unsubstituted amino, alkoxy, aryloxy, hydroxy, halogen atom, preferably hydrogen atom, alkyl group, aryl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, halogen The atom is more preferably a hydrogen atom or a carbon 12 to 12 alkyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and most preferably a hydrogen atom.

R3 c 及R8 c 較佳為氫原子、烷基、烯基、炔基、芳基、取代或無取代的胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、羥基、鹵素原子,較佳為氫原子、碳數1~20的烷基、碳數0~20的胺基、碳數1~12的烷氧基、碳數6~12芳氧基、羥基、更佳為氫原子、碳數1~12的烷基、碳數1~12烷氧基,特佳為氫原子。R 3 c and R 8 c are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, preferably hydrogen. Atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an amine group having 0 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a 6 to 12 aryloxy group having a carbon number, a hydroxyl group, more preferably a hydrogen atom, or a carbon number of 1. The alkyl group of ~12 and the alkoxy group of 1 to 12 carbon atoms are particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.

通式(5)較佳為下述通式(5-B)所表示之化合物。The compound of the formula (5) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (5-B).

式中,R3 c 及R8 c 係與通式(5-A)中等者同義、又,較佳範圍亦相同。X3 c 係表示氫原子、或取代基In the formula, R 3 c and R 8 c are the same as those of the formula (5-A), and the preferred range is also the same. X 3 c represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent

X3 c 係表示氫原子、或取代基,取代基可適用前述的取代基T,又,可能的情形下,可進一步尤其他取代基所取代。X3 c 較佳為氫原子、烷基、芳基、氰基、硝基、羰基、磺醯基、芳香族雜環,更佳為氰基、羰基、磺醯基、芳香族雜環,更較佳為氰基、羰基、特佳為氰基、烷氧基羰基(-C(=O)OR(R:碳原子數1~20烷基、碳原子數6~12的芳基及此等組合者)。X 3 c represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and the substituent T can be applied to the substituent, and, where possible, it may be further substituted with a substituent. X 3 c is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, an aromatic heterocyclic ring, more preferably a cyano group, a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, an aromatic heterocyclic ring, or the like. Preferred is a cyano group, a carbonyl group, particularly preferably a cyano group, an alkoxycarbonyl group (-C(=O)OR (R: an aryl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and the like) Combiner).

通式(5)更佳為通式(5-C)所表示之化合物。The compound of the formula (5) is more preferably a compound represented by the formula (5-C).

式中,R3 c 及R8 c 係與通式(5-A)中等者同義、又,較佳範圍亦相同。R2 1 c 係表示碳原子數1~20的烷基。In the formula, R 3 c and R 8 c are the same as those of the formula (5-A), and the preferred range is also the same. R 2 1 c represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.

R2 1 c 較佳係R3 c 及R8 c 兩者為氫的情形下,碳原子數2~12的烷基,更佳為碳原子數4~12的烷基,更較佳為碳原子數6~12的烷基、特佳為n-辛基、第三辛基、2-乙基己基、n-癸基、n-十二烷基、最佳為2-乙基己基。R 2 1 c is preferably an alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably carbon, in the case where both of R 3 c and R 8 c are hydrogen. The alkyl group having 6 to 12 atoms, particularly preferably n-octyl, trioctyl, 2-ethylhexyl, n-fluorenyl or n-dodecyl, is preferably 2-ethylhexyl.

R2 1 c 較佳係R3 c 及R8 c 為氫以外的情形中,通式(5-C)所示之化合物的分子量為300以上,且以碳原子數20以下碳原子數的烷基為佳。R 2 1 c is preferably a case where R 3 c and R 8 c are other than hydrogen, and the compound represented by the formula (5-C) has a molecular weight of 300 or more and an alkane having a carbon number of 20 or less. The base is good.

通式(5)所表示之化合物可根據美國化學協會期刊(Journal of American Chemical Society)、第63卷、第3452頁(1941)記載之方法來合成。The compound represented by the formula (5) can be synthesized according to the method described in Journal of American Chemical Society, Vol. 63, p. 3452 (1941).

以下,係列舉通式(5)所示化合物的具體例,惟本發明係為不受下述具體例所限制者。Hereinafter, specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (5) will be exemplified, but the present invention is not limited by the following specific examples.

《醯化纖維素薄膜的製造》"Manufacturing of bismuth cellulose film"

藉由溶劑流延法來製造醯化纖維素薄膜為佳。溶劑流延法係使用將醯化纖維素溶解於有機溶劑之溶液(膠漿)以製造薄膜。有機溶劑係包含選自於碳原子數為3至12的醚、碳原子數為3至12的酮、碳原子數為3至12的酯及碳原子數為1至6的鹵化烴之溶劑為佳。醚、酮及酯可具有環狀構造。醚、酮及酯之官能基(即,-O-、-CO-及-COO-)的任一者即使為含有二個以上之化合物,亦可作為有機溶劑使用。有機溶劑可含有如醇性羥基之其他官能基。含有二種以上官能基之有機溶劑情形下,其碳原子數係具有任一官能基之溶劑碳原子數為上述較佳碳原子數範圍內為佳。It is preferred to produce a deuterated cellulose film by a solvent casting method. The solvent casting method uses a solution (slurry) in which deuterated cellulose is dissolved in an organic solvent to produce a film. The organic solvent comprises a solvent selected from the group consisting of an ether having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, a ketone having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, an ester having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, and a halogenated hydrocarbon having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. good. The ethers, ketones and esters may have a cyclic structure. Any of the functional groups of the ether, the ketone, and the ester (that is, -O-, -CO-, and -COO-) may be used as an organic solvent even if it contains two or more compounds. The organic solvent may contain other functional groups such as an alcoholic hydroxyl group. In the case of an organic solvent containing two or more functional groups, the number of carbon atoms of the solvent having any functional group is preferably in the range of the above preferred carbon number.

碳原子數為3至12的醚類之例係含有二異丙基醚、二甲氧基甲烷、二甲氧基乙烷、1,4-二噁烷、1,3-二氧雜戊環、四氫呋喃、苯甲醚及苯乙醚。碳原子數為3至12的酮類之例係包含丙酮、甲基乙基酮、二乙基酮、二異丁基酮、環己酮及甲基環己酮。碳原子數為3至12的酯類之例係包含乙基甲酸酯、丙基甲酸酯、戊基甲酸酯、甲基乙酸酯、乙基乙酸酯及戊基乙酸酯。具有二種以上官能基的有機溶劑之例係包含2-乙氧基乙基乙酸酯、2-甲氧基乙醇及2-丁氧基乙醇。鹵化烴的碳原子數係以1或2為佳,1為最佳。鹵化烴之鹵素係以氯為佳。鹵化烴的氫原子以鹵素取代之比例係25至75莫耳%為佳,30至70莫耳%為較佳,35至65莫耳%為更佳,40至60莫耳%為最佳。二氯甲烷為代表性的鹵化烴。Examples of the ether having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include diisopropyl ether, dimethoxymethane, dimethoxyethane, 1,4-dioxane, and 1,3-dioxolane. , tetrahydrofuran, anisole and phenylethyl ether. Examples of the ketone having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ketone, diisobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, and methylcyclohexanone. Examples of the ester having 3 to 12 carbon atoms include ethyl formate, propyl formate, amylformate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, and pentyl acetate. Examples of the organic solvent having two or more functional groups include 2-ethoxyethyl acetate, 2-methoxyethanol, and 2-butoxyethanol. The number of carbon atoms of the halogenated hydrocarbon is preferably 1 or 2, and 1 is most preferred. The halogen of the halogenated hydrocarbon is preferably chlorine. The hydrogen atom of the halogenated hydrocarbon is preferably 25 to 75 mol% in terms of halogen substitution, preferably 30 to 70 mol%, more preferably 35 to 65 mol%, and most preferably 40 to 60 mol%. Dichloromethane is a representative halogenated hydrocarbon.

可用一般的方法來調製醯化纖維素溶液。一般的方法係意味著用0℃以上的溫度(常溫或高溫)進行處理。溶液的調製可使用一般的溶液流延法中膠漿的調製方法及裝置而實施。此外,一般方法之情形係以使用鹵化烴(特別是二氯甲烷)作為有機溶劑為佳。The deuterated cellulose solution can be prepared in a conventional manner. The general method means treatment with a temperature of 0 ° C or higher (normal temperature or high temperature). The preparation of the solution can be carried out by using a method and apparatus for preparing a paste in a general solution casting method. Further, in the case of the general method, it is preferred to use a halogenated hydrocarbon (particularly dichloromethane) as the organic solvent.

醯化纖維素的量係調整成於所得溶液中含有10至40質量%。醯化纖維素的量係以10至30質量%為更佳。有機溶劑(主溶劑)中可添加後述任意之添加劑。溶液可藉由於常溫(0至40℃)攪拌醯化纖維素與有機溶劑而調製。高濃度的溶液可於加壓及加熱條件下攪拌。具體而言,將醯化纖維素與有機溶劑裝入加壓容器加以密閉,於加壓下在溶劑常溫之沸點以上,且溶劑係在未沸騰範圍之溫度內邊加熱邊攪拌。加熱溫度一般為40℃以上,較佳係60至200℃,更佳係80至110℃。The amount of deuterated cellulose is adjusted to be 10 to 40% by mass in the resulting solution. The amount of deuterated cellulose is preferably from 10 to 30% by mass. Any of the additives described below may be added to the organic solvent (main solvent). The solution can be prepared by stirring the cellulose and the organic solvent at room temperature (0 to 40 ° C). The high concentration solution can be stirred under pressure and heating. Specifically, the deuterated cellulose and the organic solvent are placed in a pressurized container and sealed, and the mixture is stirred under pressure at a temperature above the normal temperature of the solvent, and the solvent is heated while being in a temperature at a non-boiling range. The heating temperature is usually 40 ° C or higher, preferably 60 to 200 ° C, more preferably 80 to 110 ° C.

各成分因預先粗混合所以可裝入容器內。又,可順次投入容器內。攪拌容器而構成係為必要。其可注入氮氣等的惰性氣體以加壓容器。又,可利用透過加熱提升溶劑之蒸氣壓。或,在容器密閉後亦可於壓力下添加各成分。加熱時從容器外部加熱為佳。例如,可使用夾套類型的加熱裝置。又,可藉由在容器的外部設置、配管板狀加熱器,循環液體以加熱容器全體。在容器內部設置攪拌翼,使用其來攪拌為佳。攪拌翼係達到容器壁附近的長度者為佳。攪拌翼的末端為了更新容器壁的液膜,所以設置刮板翼為佳。容器中可設置壓力計、溫度計等的計器類。於容器內將各成分溶解於溶劑中。將調製的膠漿由冷却後容器取出,或取出後、利用熱交換器等加以冷却。Each component can be filled into the container because it is coarsely mixed in advance. Moreover, it can be sequentially put into the container. It is necessary to stir the container to form a system. It may be injected with an inert gas such as nitrogen to pressurize the container. Further, the vapor pressure of the solvent can be increased by the use of heat. Alternatively, the components may be added under pressure after the container is sealed. It is preferred to heat from the outside of the container during heating. For example, a jacket type of heating device can be used. Further, the liquid can be circulated to heat the entire container by providing a tube-shaped heater on the outside of the container. It is preferable to provide a stirring blade inside the container and use it for stirring. It is preferred that the agitating wing system reaches a length near the wall of the container. The end of the agitating blade is preferably a scraper blade in order to renew the liquid film of the container wall. A gauge such as a pressure gauge or a thermometer may be provided in the container. The ingredients are dissolved in a solvent in a container. The prepared dope is taken out from the cooled container, or taken out, and cooled by a heat exchanger or the like.

藉由冷却溶解法亦可調製溶液。冷却溶解法係即使於以一般的溶解方法而難以溶解之有機溶劑中,亦可溶解醯化纖維素。此外,以一般的溶解方法可溶解醯化纖維素之溶劑,即使藉由冷却溶解法亦可有迅速得到均勻的溶液的效果。冷却溶解法一開始係在室溫下有機溶劑中將醯化纖維素邊攪拌邊緩緩地添加。醯化纖維素的量係調整成於混合物中含有10至40質量%為佳。醯化纖維素的量係以10至30質量%為更佳。再者,混合物中亦可添加後述任意之添加劑。The solution can also be prepared by a cooling dissolution method. The cooling and dissolving method can dissolve the deuterated cellulose even in an organic solvent which is difficult to dissolve by a general dissolution method. Further, the solvent for deuterated cellulose can be dissolved by a general dissolution method, and even if it is cooled by a dissolution method, a uniform solution can be obtained quickly. The cooling dissolution method is initially carried out by slowly adding the deuterated cellulose to the organic solvent at room temperature while stirring. The amount of deuterated cellulose is preferably adjusted to be 10 to 40% by mass in the mixture. The amount of deuterated cellulose is preferably from 10 to 30% by mass. Further, any additives described later may be added to the mixture.

接著,混合物係在-100至-10℃(可舉例較佳為-80至-10℃,更佳係-50至-20℃、最佳係-50至-30℃)下冷却。冷却可於例如,乾冰.甲醇浴(-75℃)或冷却的二乙二醇溶液(-30至-20℃)中實施。經冷却可固化醯化纖維素與有機溶劑之混合物。Next, the mixture is cooled at -100 to -10 ° C (exemplified by preferably -80 to -10 ° C, more preferably -50 to -20 ° C, most preferably -50 to -30 ° C). Cooling can be, for example, dry ice. It is carried out in a methanol bath (-75 ° C) or a cooled diethylene glycol solution (-30 to -20 ° C). A mixture of deuterated cellulose and an organic solvent can be solidified by cooling.

冷却速度係以4℃/分以上為佳,8℃/分以上為更佳,12℃/分以上為最佳。冷却速度係越快越好,但是10,000℃/秒為理論上限,1,000℃/秒為技術上限,而100℃/秒為實用上限。此外,冷却速度係開始冷却時的溫度與最終的冷却溫度之差,除以從開始冷却至達到最終的冷却溫度的時間之值。The cooling rate is preferably 4 ° C / min or more, more preferably 8 ° C / min or more, and most preferably 12 ° C / min or more. The faster the cooling rate, the better, but 10,000 ° C / sec is the theoretical upper limit, 1,000 ° C / sec is the technical upper limit, and 100 ° C / sec is the practical upper limit. Further, the cooling rate is the difference between the temperature at which cooling starts and the final cooling temperature, divided by the value from the start of cooling to the time when the final cooling temperature is reached.

再者,將其於0至200℃(可舉例較佳為0至150℃,更佳係0至120℃、最佳係0至50℃)下加溫,且在有機溶劑中溶解醯化纖維素。昇溫係可放置於室溫中處理,亦可於溫浴中加溫。Further, it is heated at 0 to 200 ° C (exemplified by preferably 0 to 150 ° C, more preferably 0 to 120 ° C, optimum 0 to 50 ° C), and the deuterated fiber is dissolved in an organic solvent. Prime. The temperature rise can be placed at room temperature and can be warmed in a warm bath.

加溫速度係以4℃/分以上為佳,8℃/分以上為更佳,12℃/分以上為最佳。加溫速度係越快越好,但是10,000℃/秒為理論上限,1,000℃/秒為技術上限,而100℃/秒為實用上限。此外,加溫速度係開始加溫時的溫度與最終的加溫溫度之差,除以從開始加溫至達成最終的加溫溫度的時間之值。The heating rate is preferably 4 ° C / min or more, more preferably 8 ° C / min or more, and 12 ° C / min or more is optimal. The heating rate is as fast as possible, but 10,000 ° C / sec is the theoretical upper limit, 1,000 ° C / sec is the technical upper limit, and 100 ° C / sec is the practical upper limit. Further, the heating rate is the difference between the temperature at which heating is started and the final heating temperature, divided by the value from the start of heating to the time when the final heating temperature is reached.

如以上所述,可得到均勻的溶液。此外,溶解係為不充分之情形下,可以重複冷却、加溫的操作。是否充分溶解,可藉由目視觀察溶液的外觀而加以判斷。As described above, a homogeneous solution can be obtained. Further, in the case where the dissolution system is insufficient, the operation of cooling and heating can be repeated. Whether or not it is sufficiently dissolved can be judged by visually observing the appearance of the solution.

冷却溶解法中為避免因冷却時的結露而水分混入,所以希望使用密閉容器。又,在冷却加溫操作於冷却時加壓、加溫時減壓時,可縮短溶解時間。為了實施加壓及減壓,所以使用耐壓性容器係為所期望的。In the cooling and dissolving method, it is desirable to use a closed container in order to prevent moisture from entering due to condensation during cooling. Further, when the cooling and heating operation is performed at the time of cooling and the pressure is reduced at the time of heating, the dissolution time can be shortened. In order to carry out pressurization and pressure reduction, it is desirable to use a pressure resistant container.

此外,醯化纖維素(醋化度:60.9%、黏度平均聚合度:299)係經冷却溶解法於甲基乙酸酯中溶解之20質量%溶液,藉由示差掃瞄熱量計(DSC)測定時,在接近33℃時存在溶膠狀態與凝膠狀態的假相轉移點,該溫度以下則形成均勻的凝膠狀態。因此,該溶液係保持於假相轉移溫度以上,較佳係保持於凝膠相轉移溫度+10℃程度的溫度係為必要。然而,該假相轉移溫度係由於醯化纖維素的醋化度、黏度平均聚合度、溶液濃度或使用的有機溶劑而有所不同。In addition, deuterated cellulose (degree of vinegar: 60.9%, viscosity average degree of polymerization: 299) is a 20% by mass solution dissolved in methyl acetate by a cooling dissolution method, by differential scanning calorimeter (DSC) At the time of measurement, a pseudo phase transition point of a sol state and a gel state existed at approximately 33 ° C, and a uniform gel state was formed below this temperature. Therefore, it is necessary that the solution be maintained at a temperature above the pseudo phase transition temperature, preferably at a temperature of about 10 ° C at the gel phase transition temperature. However, the pseudo phase transfer temperature differs depending on the degree of hydration of the deuterated cellulose, the average degree of polymerization of the viscosity, the concentration of the solution, or the organic solvent used.

根據調製的醯化纖維素溶液(膠漿),藉由溶劑流延法可製造醯化纖維素薄膜。A deuterated cellulose film can be produced by a solvent casting method according to the prepared deuterated cellulose solution (glue).

將膠漿於滾筒或輸送帶上流延,蒸發溶劑以形成薄膜。流延前的膠漿係將固形分量調整成18至35%般的濃度為佳。滾筒或輸送帶的表面係為完成鏡面狀態為佳。關於溶液流延法的流延及乾燥方法,係記載於美國專利2336310號、同2367603號、同2492078號、同2492977號、同2492978號、同2607704號、同2739069號、同2739070號、英國專利640731號、同736892號的各說明書、特公昭45-4554號、同49-5614號、特開昭60-176834號、同60-203430號、同62-115035號的各公報。The glue is cast on a drum or conveyor belt and the solvent is evaporated to form a film. The pre-casting paste is preferably adjusted to have a solid content of 18 to 35%. The surface of the drum or conveyor belt is preferably in the form of a mirror finish. The method of casting and drying the solution casting method is described in U.S. Patent No. 2,313,310, the same as No. 2,367,603, No. 2,492,078, No. 2,492,977, No. 2,492,978, No. 2,607,704, No. 2,739,069, No. 2,739,070, and British Patent. Japanese Patent Publication No. 640731, No. 736,892, Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 45-4554, No. 49-5614, JP-A-60-176834, No. 60-203430, and No. 62-115035.

膠漿係在表面溫度10℃以下的滾筒或輸送帶上進行流延為佳。當從進行流延以2秒以上的風進行乾燥為佳。所得之薄膜從滾筒或輸送帶剝取,然後以從100至160℃逐次改變溫度之高溫風加以乾燥,可蒸發殘留溶劑。以上之方法係記載於特公平5-17844號公報。按照該方法時,可縮短從流延至剝取的時間短縮。為了實施該方法,使在流延時的滾筒或輸送帶表面溫度的膠漿凝膠化係為必要。It is preferred that the glue be cast on a drum or a conveyor belt having a surface temperature of 10 ° C or less. It is preferred to dry from a wind that is cast for 2 seconds or longer. The obtained film is peeled off from a drum or a conveyor belt, and then dried by a high-temperature wind which is successively changed in temperature from 100 to 160 ° C to evaporate the residual solvent. The above method is described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 5-17844. According to this method, the time from casting to stripping can be shortened. In order to carry out the method, it is necessary to gel the gel at the surface temperature of the drum or conveyor belt which is delayed.

為了改良醯化纖維素薄膜中的機械物性,可使用以下之可塑劑。可塑劑可使用磷酸酯或羧酸酯。磷酸酯之例係包含磷酸三苯酯(TPP)及磷酸三甲苯酚酯(TCP)。羧酸酯係以苯二酸酯及檸檬酸酯為代表。苯二酸酯之例包含鄰苯二甲酸二甲酯(DMP)、鄰苯二甲酸二乙酯(DEP)、鄰苯二甲酸二丁酯(DBP)、鄰苯二甲酸二辛酯(DOP)、鄰苯二甲酸二苯基酯(DPP)及鄰苯二甲酸二乙基己基酯(DEHP)。檸檬酸酯之例包含三乙基O-乙醯基檸檬酸酯(OACTE)及三丁基O-乙醯基檸檬酸酯(OACTB)。其他羧酸酯之例係包含油酸丁酯、蓖麻醇酸甲基乙醯酯、癸二酸二丁酯、各種的偏苯三酸酯。較佳係使用苯二酸酯系可塑劑(DMP、DEP、DBP、DOP、DPP、DEHP)。其中係以DEP及DPP為特佳。In order to improve the mechanical properties in the deuterated cellulose film, the following plasticizers can be used. A phosphate or a carboxylate can be used as the plasticizer. Examples of phosphates include triphenyl phosphate (TPP) and tricresyl phosphate (TCP). Carboxylic esters are represented by phthalates and citrates. Examples of phthalic acid esters include dimethyl phthalate (DMP), diethyl phthalate (DEP), dibutyl phthalate (DBP), dioctyl phthalate (DOP). , diphenyl phthalate (DPP) and diethylhexyl phthalate (DEHP). Examples of the citric acid esters include triethyl O-ethinyl citrate (OACTE) and tributyl O-ethenyl citrate (OACTB). Examples of other carboxylic acid esters include butyl oleate, methyl decyl ricinolate, dibutyl sebacate, and various trimellitic acid esters. Preferably, a benzoate plasticizer (DMP, DEP, DBP, DOP, DPP, DEHP) is used. Among them, DEP and DPP are particularly good.

可塑劑的添加量係為醯化纖維素量的0.1至25質量%為佳,1至20質量%為更佳,3至15質量%為最佳。The amount of the plasticizer added is preferably from 0.1 to 25% by mass, more preferably from 1 to 20% by mass, most preferably from 3 to 15% by mass.

醯化纖維素薄膜可添加劣化防止劑(例:抗氧化劑、過氧化物分解劑、自由基抑制劑、金屬惰性化劑、酸捕集劑、胺)。關於劣化防止劑係如特開平3-199201號、同5-1907073號、同5-194789號、同5-271471號、同6-107854號的各公報中所記載。劣化防止劑的添加量係為調製溶液(膠漿)的0.01至1質量%為佳,0.01至0.2質量%為更佳。添加量為上述範圍內時,可得到劣化防止劑的效果,亦即由於看不到薄膜表面的滲出而為佳。特佳劣化防止劑之例可舉例如丁基化羥基甲苯(BHT)、三苄基胺(TBA)。A deterioration preventing agent (for example, an antioxidant, a peroxide decomposing agent, a radical inhibitor, a metal inerting agent, an acid trapping agent, or an amine) may be added to the deuterated cellulose film. The deterioration prevention agent is described in each of the publications of JP-A No. 3-199201, No. 5-1907073, No. 5-194749, No. 5-271471, and No. 6-207054. The amount of the deterioration preventing agent to be added is preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass, more preferably 0.01 to 0.2% by mass, based on the preparation solution (slurry). When the amount added is in the above range, the effect of the deterioration preventing agent can be obtained, that is, the bleeding of the surface of the film is not observed. Examples of the particularly preferable deterioration preventing agent include butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT) and tribenzylamine (TBA).

《醯化纖維素薄膜的延伸處理》"Extension treatment of bismuth cellulose film"

醯化纖維素薄膜可藉由延伸處理而調整遲滯值。延伸倍率以3~100%為佳。The deuterated cellulose film can be adjusted for hysteresis by elongation processing. The stretching ratio is preferably from 3 to 100%.

關於延伸方法係沒有特別地限制,可使用眾所周知的方法。從面內均一性的觀點特別以使用拉幅機延伸為佳。本發明的第2態樣中所使用的醯化纖維素薄膜係至少100cm以上的寬為佳、全寬的Re值之偏差為±5nm為佳。±3nm為更佳。又,Rth值的偏差為±10nm為佳、±5nm為更佳。又,長度方向的Re值、及Rth值的偏差在寬方向的偏差的範圍內為佳。The stretching method is not particularly limited, and a well-known method can be used. From the viewpoint of in-plane uniformity, it is particularly preferable to use a tenter to extend. The deuterated cellulose film used in the second aspect of the present invention is preferably at least 100 cm in width and preferably has a variation in Re value of ±5 nm. ±3 nm is more preferred. Further, the deviation of the Rth value is preferably ±10 nm, more preferably ±5 nm. Further, the variation of the Re value in the longitudinal direction and the variation in the Rth value is preferably in the range of the deviation in the width direction.

又,延伸處理可在製膜步驟的途中進行,或可將製膜卷取的原料膜進行延伸處理。前者情形中,可在含有殘留溶劑量之狀態下進行延伸,或當殘留溶劑量為2至30%而延伸為佳。此時,薄膜係一邊在長度方向搬送、一邊在與長度方向成正交之方向進行延伸,使該薄膜的遲相軸對於該薄膜的長條狀方向成正交般為佳。Further, the stretching treatment may be carried out on the way of the film forming step, or the raw material film taken up by the film forming may be subjected to elongation treatment. In the former case, the stretching may be carried out in a state containing the residual solvent amount, or it may be preferably extended when the residual solvent amount is 2 to 30%. At this time, the film is stretched in the direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction while being conveyed in the longitudinal direction, and the slow axis of the film is preferably orthogonal to the longitudinal direction of the film.

延伸溫度可根據延伸時的殘留溶劑量與膜厚選擇適當的條件。在含有殘留溶劑之狀態下延伸的情形中,於延伸後使其乾燥為佳。乾燥方法可按照上述薄膜的製膜中記載之方法而進行。The extension temperature can be selected according to the amount of residual solvent at the time of stretching and the film thickness. In the case of extending in a state containing a residual solvent, it is preferred to dry it after stretching. The drying method can be carried out in accordance with the method described in the film formation of the above film.

延伸後的醯化纖維素薄膜的厚度係以110微米以下,較佳為40~110微米,較佳為60~110微米、80~110微米為佳。The thickness of the extended deuterated cellulose film is preferably 110 μm or less, preferably 40 to 110 μm, preferably 60 to 110 μm and 80 to 110 μm.

《醯化纖維素薄膜的表面處理》"Surface treatment of bismuth cellulose film"

醯化纖維素薄膜所構成之透明薄膜係作為偏光板的透明保護膜使用之情形中,表面處理醯化纖維素薄膜為佳。表面處理係實施電暈放電處理、輝光放電處理、火焰處理、酸處理、鹼處理或紫外線照射處理。實施酸處理或鹼處理,即對於醯化纖維素進行皂化處理為特佳。In the case where the transparent film composed of the deuterated cellulose film is used as a transparent protective film of a polarizing plate, the surface treated deuterated cellulose film is preferred. The surface treatment is subjected to corona discharge treatment, glow discharge treatment, flame treatment, acid treatment, alkali treatment or ultraviolet irradiation treatment. It is particularly preferable to carry out an acid treatment or an alkali treatment, that is, saponification treatment of deuterated cellulose.

包含延伸以上説明的具有至少二個芳香族環之直線構造的棒狀化合物、滿足所欲的遲滯值Re、Rth、及Re/Rth比、膜厚為40微米~110微米的醯化纖維素薄膜的話,係滿足作為上述透明薄膜之光學特性,且可作為光學補償薄膜的一部份材料,使用於各種液晶顯示裝置。a rod-shaped compound having a linear structure having at least two aromatic rings extending as described above, a deuterated cellulose film satisfying a desired retardation value Re, Rth, and Re/Rth ratio and having a film thickness of 40 μm to 110 μm In addition, it satisfies the optical characteristics of the above transparent film, and can be used as a part of the optical compensation film for various liquid crystal display devices.

[光學異方向性層][optical anisotropic layer]

關於本發明第2態樣的光學補償薄膜,係具有至少一層由液晶性化合物所形成的光學異方向性層。上述光學異方向性層亦可在透明薄膜的表面直接形成、於透明薄膜上形成配向膜,亦可形成於該配向膜上。又,於其他基材形成之液晶性化合物層,亦可藉由使用黏著劑、接著劑等、轉印製透明薄膜上,而製做關於本發明第2態樣之光學補償薄膜。The optical compensation film according to the second aspect of the present invention has at least one optically anisotropic layer formed of a liquid crystalline compound. The optically anisotropic layer may be formed directly on the surface of the transparent film, form an alignment film on the transparent film, or may be formed on the alignment film. Further, the liquid crystal compound layer formed on the other substrate may be transferred onto a transparent film by using an adhesive, an adhesive or the like to prepare an optical compensation film according to the second aspect of the present invention.

光學異方向性層的形成中所使用的液晶性化合物,係舉例如棒狀液晶性化合物及圓盤狀液晶性化合物(以下,圓盤狀液晶性化合物亦有稱為「碟狀液晶性化合物」之情形)。棒狀液晶性化合物及碟狀液晶性化合物可為高分子液晶或低分子液晶。又,在最終的光學異方向性層中所含有的化合物,已經沒有顯示液晶性之必要,例如在光學異方向性層的製作中使用低分子液晶性化合物之情形下,於形成光學異方向性層的過程中,該化合物亦可為沒有顯示經交聯之液晶性的態樣。The liquid crystal compound used for the formation of the optically anisotropic layer is, for example, a rod-like liquid crystal compound and a discotic liquid crystal compound (hereinafter, the discotic liquid crystal compound is also referred to as a "disc liquid crystal compound"). The situation). The rod-like liquid crystal compound and the discotic liquid crystal compound may be a polymer liquid crystal or a low molecular liquid crystal. Further, the compound contained in the final optically anisotropic layer has not been shown to have liquid crystallinity. For example, in the case where a low molecular liquid crystalline compound is used in the production of an optically anisotropic layer, optical anisotropy is formed. In the course of the layer, the compound may also be in a form which does not exhibit crosslinked liquid crystallinity.

(棒狀液晶性化合物)(rod-like liquid crystalline compound)

本發明的第2態樣中可使用的棒狀液晶性化合物之例,較佳包含甲亞胺類、氧化偶氮基類、氰基聯苯基類、氰基苯基酯類、安息香酸酯類、環己烷羧酸苯基酯類、氰基苯基環己烷類、氰基取代苯基嘧啶類、烷氧基取代苯基嘧啶類、苯基二噁烷類、二苯基乙炔類及烯基環己基苯甲腈類。此外,棒狀液晶性化合物中亦可包含金屬錯體。又,棒狀液晶性化合物亦可使用含於重複單位中的液晶聚合物。換言之,棒狀液晶性化合物亦可與(液晶)聚合物結合。Examples of the rod-like liquid crystalline compound which can be used in the second aspect of the present invention preferably include a methylimine, an azogen group, a cyanobiphenyl group, a cyanophenyl ester, and a benzoic acid ester. Benzyl carboxylic acid phenyl esters, cyanophenyl cyclohexanes, cyano substituted phenyl pyrimidines, alkoxy substituted phenyl pyrimidines, phenyl dioxanes, diphenyl acetylenes And alkenylcyclohexylbenzonitriles. Further, a metal complex may be contained in the rod-like liquid crystalline compound. Further, as the rod-like liquid crystal compound, a liquid crystal polymer contained in a repeating unit can also be used. In other words, the rod-like liquid crystalline compound may also be combined with the (liquid crystal) polymer.

關於棒狀液晶性化合物,係記載於季刊化學總說第22卷液晶化學(1994)日本化學會編的第4章、第7章及第11章,及液晶裝置手冊日本學術振興會第142委員會編的第3章。The rod-like liquid crystal compound is described in the 24th issue of the Journal of Chemical Industry, Liquid Crystal Chemistry (1994), Chapter 4, Chapter 7 and Chapter 11 of the Japanese Chemical Society, and the Handbook of Liquid Crystal Devices, the 142th Committee of the Japan Society for the Promotion of Science. Chapter 3 of the series.

本發明的第2態樣中所使用的棒狀液晶性化合物之雙折射率,在0.001~0.7的範圍為佳。The birefringence of the rod-like liquid crystal compound used in the second aspect of the present invention is preferably in the range of 0.001 to 0.7.

棒狀液晶性化合物係為了固定其配向狀態,含有聚合性基為佳。聚合性基為不飽和聚合性基或環氧基為佳,不飽和聚合性基為更佳,乙烯系不飽和聚合性基為最佳。The rod-like liquid crystalline compound is preferably a polymerizable group in order to fix its alignment state. The polymerizable group is preferably an unsaturated polymerizable group or an epoxy group, more preferably an unsaturated polymerizable group, and most preferably an ethylenically unsaturated polymerizable group.

(碟狀液晶性化合物)(disc liquid crystal compound)

碟狀液晶性化合物係包含C.Destrade等的研究報告、Mol.Cryst.71卷、111頁(1981年)中所記載之苯衍生物、C.Destrade等的研究報告、Mol.Cryst.122卷、141頁(1985年)、Physics lett,A,78卷、82頁(1990)中所記載之三茚并苯衍生物、B.Kohne等的研究報告、Angew.Chem.96卷、70頁(1984年)中所記載之環己烷衍生物及J.M.Lehn等的研究報告、J.Chem.Commun.,1794頁(1985年)、J.Zhang等的研究報告、J.Am.Chem.Soc.116卷、2655頁(1994年)中所記載之吖冠系或苯基乙炔系大環。The dish-like liquid crystal compound includes a research report by C. Destrade et al., a benzene derivative described in Mol. Cryst. 71, 111 (1981), a research report by C. Destrade, and the like, and a volume of Mol. Cryst. , 141 pages (1985), Physics lett, A, 78, 82 (1990), trioxo derivatives, B. Kohne et al., Angew. Chem. 96, 70 ( Cyclohexane derivative described in 1984) and JMLehn et al., J. Chem. Commun., 1794 (1985), J. Zhang et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. The crown of the crown or the phenylacetylene macrocycle described in Vol. 116, 2655 (1994).

上述碟狀液晶性化合物中,相對於分子中心的母核,亦包含直鏈的烷基、烷氧基或取代苯醯氧基為母核側鏈成放射線狀取代的構造、顯示液晶性的化合物。分子或分子的集合體係具有回轉對稱性、能賦予固定配向之化合物為佳。In the above-mentioned discotic liquid crystalline compound, a linear alkyl group, an alkoxy group or a substituted benzoquinoneoxy group is a structure in which a side chain of a mother nucleus is substituted in a radial direction with respect to a core of a molecular center, and a compound exhibiting liquid crystallinity . It is preferred that the molecular or molecular assembly system has a rotational symmetry and a compound capable of imparting a fixed alignment.

上述情形中,由液晶性化合物形成光學異方向性層之情形、亦包含於最終的光學異方向性層之化合物,已經沒有顯示液晶性之必要。例如,低分子的碟狀液晶性化合物係具有對熱或光有反應之基,又因熱或光而使該基反應、聚合或交聯,藉由進行高分子量化以形成光學異方向性層之情形等而含於光學異方向性層中之化合物,亦可已經失去液晶性。碟狀液晶性化合物的較佳例係在特開平8-50206號公報中有記載。又,關於碟狀液晶性化合物的聚合係在特開平8-27284號公報有記載。In the above case, the case where the optically anisotropic layer is formed of a liquid crystalline compound or the compound which is also included in the final optically anisotropic layer does not exhibit liquid crystallinity. For example, a low-molecular dish-like liquid crystalline compound has a group reactive with heat or light, and reacts, polymerizes, or crosslinks the group by heat or light, and is subjected to high molecular weight to form an optical anisotropic layer. The compound contained in the optically anisotropic layer in the case of the like may also have lost liquid crystallinity. A preferred example of the discotic liquid crystal compound is described in JP-A-8-50206. Further, the polymerization of the discotic liquid crystal compound is described in JP-A-8-27284.

為了藉由聚合碟狀液晶性化合物而固定,在碟狀液晶性化合物的圓盤狀核上,使作為取代基之聚合性基結合係為必要。但是,使聚合性基直接連結至圓盤狀核時,變得難以保持聚合反應的配向狀態。為此,在圓盤狀核與聚合性基之間導入連結基。因而,具有聚合性基之碟狀液晶性化合物係以下述式(III)所表示之化合物為佳。In order to fix by arranging a discotic liquid crystalline compound, it is necessary to form a polymerizable group bonding system as a substituent on the discotic core of the discotic liquid crystalline compound. However, when the polymerizable group is directly bonded to the disk-shaped core, it becomes difficult to maintain the alignment state of the polymerization reaction. For this purpose, a linking group is introduced between the discotic core and the polymerizable group. Therefore, the discotic liquid crystalline compound having a polymerizable group is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (III).

式(III)D(-L-Q)n 式中,D為圓盤狀核、L為二價連結基、Q為聚合性基、n為4~12的整數。In the formula (III)D(-L-Q) n wherein D is a discotic core, L is a divalent linking group, Q is a polymerizable group, and n is an integer of 4 to 12.

圓盤狀核(D)之例係如以下所示。以下的各例中,LQ(或QL)係意味著二價連結基(L)與聚合性基(Q)的組合。Examples of the disc-shaped core (D) are as follows. In each of the following examples, LQ (or QL) means a combination of a divalent linking group (L) and a polymerizable group (Q).

式(III)中,二價連結基(L)係由選自於伸烷基、伸烯基、伸芳基、-CO-、-NH-、-O-、-S-及彼等組合所構成群組之二價連結基為佳。二價連結基(L)係由組合至少兩個選自於伸烷基、伸芳基、-CO-、-NH-、-O-及S-所構成群組之二價基的二價連結基為較佳。二價連結基(L)係為組合至少兩個選自於由伸烷基、伸芳基、-CO-及O-所構成群組之二價基的二價連結基為最佳。上述伸烷基的碳原子數係以1~12為佳。上述伸烯基的碳原子數係以2~12為佳。上述伸芳基的碳原子數係以6~10為佳。In the formula (III), the divalent linking group (L) is selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an extended aryl group, -CO-, -NH-, -O-, -S-, and the like. The divalent linking group constituting the group is preferred. The divalent linking group (L) is a divalent linking group comprising at least two divalent groups selected from the group consisting of alkylene, aryl, -CO-, -NH-, -O- and S- The base is preferred. The divalent linking group (L) is preferably a divalent linking group which combines at least two divalent groups selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group, an extended aryl group, and -CO- and O-. The alkyl group of the above alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 12. The number of carbon atoms of the above alkenyl group is preferably from 2 to 12. The number of carbon atoms of the above aryl group is preferably from 6 to 10.

二價連結基(L)之例係如下所示。左側係結合至圓盤狀核(D)、右側係結合至聚合性基(Q)。AL係意味著伸烷基或伸烯基、AR係意味著伸芳基。此外,伸烷基、伸烯基及伸芳基亦可具有取代基(例如,烷基)。An example of the divalent linking group (L) is as follows. The left side is bonded to the discotic core (D), and the right side is bonded to the polymerizable group (Q). AL means an alkyl group or an alkenyl group, and an AR type means an aryl group. Further, the alkylene group, the alkenyl group and the extended aryl group may have a substituent (for example, an alkyl group).

L1:-AL-CO-O-AL- L2:-AL-CO-O-AL-O- L3:-AL-CO-O-AL-O-AL- L4:-AL-CO-O-AL-O-CO- L5:-CO-AR-O-AL- L6:-CO-AR-O-AL-O- L7:-CO-AR-O-AL-O-CO- L8:-CO-NH-AL- L9:-NH-AL-O- L10:-NH-AL-O-CO- L11:-O-AL- L12:-O-AL-O- L13:-O-AL-O-CO- L14:-O-AL-O-CO-NH-AL- L15:-O-AL-S-AL- L16:-O-CO-AR-O-AL-CO- L17:-O-CO-AR-O-AL-O-CO- L18:-O-CO-AR-O-AL-O-AL-O-CO- L19:-O-CO-AR-O-AL-O-AL-O-AL-O-CO- L20:-S-AL- L21:-S-AL-O- L22:-S-AL-O-CO- L23:-S-AL-S-AL- L24:-S-AR-AL-L1:-AL-CO-O-AL- L2:-AL-CO-O-AL-O- L3:-AL-CO-O-AL-O-AL- L4:-AL-CO-O-AL- O-CO- L5:-CO-AR-O-AL- L6:-CO-AR-O-AL-O- L7:-CO-AR-O-AL-O-CO- L8:-CO-NH- AL- L9:-NH-AL-O- L10:-NH-AL-O-CO- L11:-O-AL- L12:-O-AL-O- L13:-O-AL-O-CO- L14 :-O-AL-O-CO-NH-AL- L15:-O-AL-S-AL- L16:-O-CO-AR-O-AL-CO- L17:-O-CO-AR-O -AL-O-CO- L18:-O-CO-AR-O-AL-O-AL-O-CO- L19:-O-CO-AR-O-AL-O-AL-O-AL-O -CO- L20:-S-AL- L21:-S-AL-O- L22:-S-AL-O-CO- L23:-S-AL-S-AL- L24:-S-AR-AL-

式(III)的聚合性基(Q)係根據聚合反應的種類而決定。聚合性基(Q)係以不飽和聚合性基或環氧基為佳、不飽和聚合性基為較佳、乙烯系不飽和聚合性基為最佳。The polymerizable group (Q) of the formula (III) is determined depending on the type of the polymerization reaction. The polymerizable group (Q) is preferably an unsaturated polymerizable group or an epoxy group, and an unsaturated polymerizable group is preferred, and an ethylenically unsaturated polymerizable group is most preferred.

式(III)中,n為4~12的整數。具體的數字係根據圓盤狀核(D)的種類而決定。此外,複數的L與Q的組合可為不同、以相同為佳。In the formula (III), n is an integer of 4 to 12. The specific number is determined according to the type of the disc-shaped core (D). In addition, the combination of the plural L and Q may be different and the same.

本發明的第2態樣,上述光學異方向性層中、上述棒狀化合物或上述圓盤狀化合物的分子係固定成配向狀態。液晶性化合物之分子對稱軸的、上述透明薄膜側界面中的配向平均方向,係與該透明薄膜的面內遲相軸之交叉角為大略0度或大略90度。此外,本說明書中,「大略0度或90度」係以0°±5°或90°±5°範圍的角度為佳,較佳為42~48°,較佳為43~47°。上述光學異方向性層中液晶性化合物之分子對稱軸的平均方向,相對於上述透明薄膜的長度方向(亦即是,透明薄膜的進相軸方向)以43°~47°為佳。According to a second aspect of the invention, in the optically anisotropic layer, the molecular structure of the rod-shaped compound or the discotic compound is fixed to an alignment state. The orientation average direction of the molecular symmetry axis of the liquid crystal compound at the side of the transparent film side is about 0 degrees or substantially 90 degrees with the in-plane slow axis of the transparent film. Further, in the present specification, "approximately 0 or 90 degrees" is preferably an angle of 0 ° ± 5 ° or 90 ° ± 5 °, preferably 42 to 48 °, preferably 43 to 47 °. The average direction of the molecular symmetry axis of the liquid crystalline compound in the optically anisotropic layer is preferably 43 to 47 with respect to the longitudinal direction of the transparent film (that is, the direction of the phase axis of the transparent film).

液晶性化合物的分子對稱軸之配向平均方向,一般係藉由選擇液晶性化合物或是配向膜的材料、或藉由選擇摩擦處理方法,而可進行調整。本發明的第2態樣,例如,藉由摩擦處理而製作光學異方向性層形成用配向膜之情形,藉由在相對於透明薄膜之遲相軸45°的方向進行摩擦處理,可在液晶性化合物的分子對稱軸、至少透明薄膜界面中的配向平均方向,形成對於透明薄膜的遲相軸成45°之光學異方向性層。例如,關於本發明第2態樣之光學補償薄膜,當使用遲相軸係與長度方向成平行的長條狀透明薄膜時可連續地製作。具體地,在長條狀透明薄膜的表面,連續地塗布配向膜形成用塗布液以製作膜,接著將該膜的表面連續地於長度方向成45°的方向進行摩擦處理以製作配向膜,其次在所製作的配向膜上連續地塗布含有液晶性化合物之光學異方向性層形成用塗布液,使液晶性化合物的分子成配向,藉由固定該狀態而製作光學異方向性層,可連續地製作長條狀的光學補償薄膜。將成長條狀製作的光學補償薄膜組裝至液晶顯示裝置內之前,裁剪成所欲的形狀。The orientation average direction of the molecular symmetry axis of the liquid crystal compound can be generally adjusted by selecting a material of a liquid crystal compound or an alignment film or by selecting a rubbing treatment method. In the second aspect of the present invention, for example, when an alignment film for forming an optically anisotropic layer is formed by a rubbing treatment, the rubbing treatment can be performed in a direction of 45° with respect to the retardation axis of the transparent film. The molecular symmetry axis of the compound, at least the alignment average direction in the interface of the transparent film, forms an optically anisotropic layer that is 45° to the slow axis of the transparent film. For example, the optical compensation film according to the second aspect of the present invention can be continuously produced by using a long transparent film in which the slow phase axis is parallel to the longitudinal direction. Specifically, a coating liquid for forming an alignment film is continuously applied onto the surface of the long transparent film to form a film, and then the surface of the film is continuously rubbed in a direction of 45° in the longitudinal direction to prepare an alignment film, followed by preparation of an alignment film, followed by The coating liquid for forming an optically anisotropic layer containing a liquid crystal compound is continuously applied to the prepared alignment film, and the molecules of the liquid crystal compound are aligned, and the optically anisotropic layer is formed by being fixed in this state, thereby continuously A long optical compensation film is produced. The optical compensation film produced in a long strip shape is cut into a desired shape before being assembled into the liquid crystal display device.

又,關於液晶性化合物的表面側(空氣側)分子對稱軸之配向平均方向,空氣界面側的液晶性化合物之分子對稱軸的配向平均方向,相對於透明薄膜的遲相軸,以略0°或90°者為佳、42~48°為較佳、43~47°為較佳。空氣界面側的液晶性化合物之分子對稱軸的配向平均方向,一般可藉由選擇與液晶性化合物或液晶性化合物一起使用的添加劑種類而進行調整。與液晶性化合物一起使用的添加劑之例可舉例如可塑劑、界面活性劑、聚合性單體及聚合物等。分子對稱軸的配向方向之變化程度亦與上述同樣,可由適當選擇液晶性化合物與添加劑而調整。特別是關於界面活性劑,係與上述塗布液的表面張力控制並存為佳。Further, the orientation average direction of the molecular symmetry axis of the surface side (air side) of the liquid crystal compound, and the alignment average direction of the molecular symmetry axis of the liquid crystal compound on the air interface side are slightly 0° with respect to the slow phase axis of the transparent film. Or 90 ° is better, 42 ~ 48 ° is better, 43 ~ 47 ° is better. The orientation average direction of the molecular symmetry axis of the liquid crystal compound on the air interface side can be generally adjusted by selecting the type of the additive to be used together with the liquid crystal compound or the liquid crystal compound. Examples of the additive to be used together with the liquid crystalline compound include a plasticizer, a surfactant, a polymerizable monomer, and a polymer. The degree of change in the alignment direction of the molecular symmetry axis can also be adjusted in the same manner as described above by appropriately selecting the liquid crystal compound and the additive. In particular, it is preferable that the surfactant is coherent with the surface tension control of the above coating liquid.

與液晶性化合物一起使用的可塑劑、界面活性劑及聚合性單體,係以具有與碟狀液晶性化合物之相溶性、給予液晶性化合物傾斜角的變化、或者不會妨礙配向為佳。聚合性單體(例如,具有乙烯基、乙烯氧基、丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基的化合物)為佳。上述化合物的添加量係相對於液晶性化合物,一般為1~50質量%的範圍、5~30質量%的範圍為佳。此外,混合使用聚合性的反應性官能基數為4以上之單體時,可形成提高配向膜與光學異方向性層間的密著性。The plasticizer, the surfactant, and the polymerizable monomer to be used together with the liquid crystal compound preferably have a compatibility with the liquid crystal compound, impart a change in the tilt angle of the liquid crystal compound, or do not interfere with the alignment. A polymerizable monomer (for example, a compound having a vinyl group, a vinyloxy group, a propylene group, and a methacryl group) is preferred. The amount of the compound to be added is preferably in the range of 1 to 50% by mass and preferably in the range of 5 to 30% by mass based on the liquid crystal compound. Further, when a monomer having a polymerizable reactive functional group of 4 or more is used in combination, adhesion between the alignment film and the optically anisotropic layer can be improved.

使用作為液晶性化合物之碟狀液晶性化合物的情形中,使用具有與碟狀液晶性化合物有某種程度的相溶性、對碟狀液晶性化合物能賦予傾斜角變化之聚合物者為佳。When a discotic liquid crystalline compound which is a liquid crystal compound is used, it is preferred to use a polymer which has a certain degree of compatibility with a discotic liquid crystalline compound and which can impart a change in the tilt angle to the discotic liquid crystalline compound.

聚合物之例可舉例如纖維素酯。纖維素酯的較佳例可舉例如乙酸纖維素、乙酸丙酸纖維素、羥基丙基纖維素及乙酸丁酸纖維素。碟狀使液晶性化合物的配向沒有受到妨礙般,上述聚合物的添加量係相對於碟狀液晶性化合物,在0.1~10質量%的範圍為佳、0.1~8質量%的範圍為較佳、0.1~5質量%的範圍為更佳。An example of the polymer is, for example, a cellulose ester. Preferable examples of the cellulose ester include cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate propionate, hydroxypropyl cellulose, and cellulose acetate butyrate. The amount of the polymer to be added is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.1 to 8% by mass, based on the disk-like liquid crystal compound. The range of 0.1 to 5 mass% is more preferable.

碟狀液晶性化合物的碟狀向列液晶相-固相轉移溫度,以70~300℃為佳、70~170℃為較佳。The dish-like liquid crystal phase-solid phase transfer temperature of the dish-like liquid crystal compound is preferably 70 to 300 ° C and preferably 70 to 170 ° C.

本發明的第2態樣中,上述光學異方向性層係具有至少面內光學異方向性者為佳。光學異方向性層的光學特性係根據形成光學補償對象之液晶胞光學特性或模式而決定。使用TN模式的液晶顯示裝置之情形,上述光學異方向性層的面內遲滯值Re為3~300nm者為佳、5~200nm者為較佳、10~100nm者為更佳。上述光學異方向性層的厚度方向的遲滯值Rth係為20~400nm者為佳、50~200nm者為較佳。又,上述光學異方向性層的厚度係以0.1~20微米為佳、0.5~15微米為較佳、1~10微米為最佳。In the second aspect of the invention, it is preferable that the optically anisotropic layer has at least in-plane optical anisotropy. The optical characteristics of the optically anisotropic layer are determined according to the optical characteristics or mode of the liquid crystal cell forming the optical compensation target. In the case of using a TN mode liquid crystal display device, it is preferable that the in-plane hysteresis value Re of the optically anisotropic layer is 3 to 300 nm, preferably 5 to 200 nm, and more preferably 10 to 100 nm. The hysteresis value Rth in the thickness direction of the optically anisotropic layer is preferably from 20 to 400 nm, and preferably from 50 to 200 nm. Further, the thickness of the optically anisotropic layer is preferably 0.1 to 20 μm, more preferably 0.5 to 15 μm, and most preferably 1 to 10 μm.

[配向膜][Alignment film]

關於本發明第2態樣的光學補償薄膜,亦可在透明薄膜與光學異方向性層之間具有配向膜。又,僅在製作光學異方向性層之際使用配向膜、於配向膜上製作光學異方向性層之後,亦可僅將該光學異方向性層轉印至透明薄膜上。In the optical compensation film according to the second aspect of the present invention, an alignment film may be provided between the transparent film and the optically anisotropic layer. Further, the optically anisotropic layer may be transferred onto the transparent film only after the alignment film is formed and the optically anisotropic layer is formed on the alignment film.

本發明的第2態樣中,上述配向膜係由經交聯之聚合物所構成之層者為佳。配向膜中所使用的聚合物,可使用其可自體交聯之聚合物、亦可為藉由交聯劑經交聯之聚合物中任一者。上述配向膜可藉由下列而形成:使具有官能基之聚合物或者在聚合物導入官能基者藉由光、熱或PH變化等,在聚合物間反應而形成;或,使用高反應活性化合物之交聯劑,在聚合物間導入來自交聯劑之結合基,藉由交聯聚合物間而形成。In the second aspect of the present invention, the alignment film is preferably a layer composed of a crosslinked polymer. The polymer used in the alignment film may be either a polymer which is self-crosslinkable or a polymer which is crosslinked by a crosslinking agent. The alignment film may be formed by reacting a polymer having a functional group or a polymer into a functional group by light, heat or pH, or the like, or by reacting a polymer; or using a highly reactive compound The crosslinking agent is formed by introducing a bonding group derived from a crosslinking agent between the polymers and crosslinking the polymer.

由經交聯的聚合物所構成之配向膜,一般可將包含上述聚合物或聚合物與交聯劑的混合物之塗布液塗布至支持體上後,經由進行加熱等而形成。The alignment film composed of the crosslinked polymer can be generally formed by applying a coating liquid containing the above polymer or a mixture of a polymer and a crosslinking agent onto a support, followed by heating or the like.

後述的摩擦步驟中,為了抑制配向膜的發塵,提高交聯度為佳。相對於添加至上述塗布液中之交聯劑的量(Mb),將以1減去交聯後所殘存之交聯劑的量(Ma)之比率(Ma/Mb)的差值(1-(Ma/Mb))定義為交聯度時,交聯度係50%~100%為佳、65%~100%為更佳、75%~100%為最佳。In the rubbing step to be described later, in order to suppress dust generation of the alignment film, it is preferred to increase the degree of crosslinking. The difference (Ma/Mb) of the amount (Ma) of the crosslinking agent remaining after crosslinking is subtracted from 1 by the amount (Mb) of the crosslinking agent added to the above coating liquid (1) (Ma/Mb)) When the degree of crosslinking is defined, the degree of crosslinking is preferably 50% to 100%, preferably 65% to 100%, and most preferably 75% to 100%.

本發明的第2態樣中,上述配向膜中所使用的聚合物亦可使用其可自體交聯的聚合物或者藉由交聯劑經交聯之聚合物中任一者。當然亦可使用具有兩者機能之聚合物。上述聚合物之例可舉例如聚甲基甲基丙烯酸酯、丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、苯乙烯/順丁烯二醯亞胺共聚物、聚乙烯醇及改質聚乙烯醇、聚(N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺)、苯乙烯/乙烯甲苯共聚物、氯磺化聚乙烯、硝基纖維素、聚氯乙烯、氯化聚烯烴、聚酯、聚醯亞胺、乙酸乙烯酯/氯乙烯共聚物、乙烯/乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、羧基甲基纖維素、明膠、聚乙烯、聚丙烯及聚碳酸酯等的聚合物及矽烷偶合劑等的化合物。較佳聚合物之例可舉例如聚(N-羥甲基丙烯醯胺)、羧基甲基纖維素、明膠、聚乙烯醇及改質聚乙烯醇等的水溶性聚合物,再者以明膠、聚乙烯醇及改質聚乙烯醇為佳,特佳為聚乙烯醇及改質聚乙烯醇。In the second aspect of the invention, the polymer used in the alignment film may be any of a polymer which can be self-crosslinked or a polymer which is crosslinked by a crosslinking agent. It is of course also possible to use polymers having both functions. Examples of the above polymer include polymethyl methacrylate, acrylic acid/methacrylic acid copolymer, styrene/methylene iodide copolymer, polyvinyl alcohol, and modified polyvinyl alcohol, poly(N). -Hydroxymethyl acrylamide, styrene/vinyl toluene copolymer, chlorosulfonated polyethylene, nitrocellulose, polyvinyl chloride, chlorinated polyolefin, polyester, polyimine, vinyl acetate/chlorine A compound such as an ethylene copolymer, an ethylene/vinyl acetate copolymer, carboxymethylcellulose, gelatin, polyethylene, a polymer such as polypropylene or polycarbonate, or a decane coupling agent. Examples of preferred polymers include water-soluble polymers such as poly(N-methylol acrylamide), carboxymethyl cellulose, gelatin, polyvinyl alcohol, and modified polyvinyl alcohol, and gelatin, Polyvinyl alcohol and modified polyvinyl alcohol are preferred, and polyvinyl alcohol and modified polyvinyl alcohol are particularly preferred.

上述聚合物之中,以聚乙烯醇或改質聚乙烯醇為佳。Among the above polymers, polyvinyl alcohol or modified polyvinyl alcohol is preferred.

聚乙烯醇係為例如皂化度70~100%者,一般係以皂化度80~100%者為佳、皂化度82~98%者為較佳。聚合度係以100~3000之範圍者為佳。The polyvinyl alcohol is, for example, a saponification degree of 70 to 100%, and is preferably a saponification degree of 80 to 100%, and a saponification degree of 82 to 98%. The degree of polymerization is preferably in the range of 100 to 3,000.

改質聚乙烯醇可舉例如:經共聚合改質者(改質基,例如導入COONa、Si(OX)3 、N(CH3 )3 .Cl、C9 H1 9 COO、SO3 Na、C1 2 H2 5 等)、經由鏈移動而改質者(改質基,例如導入COONa、SH、SC1 2 H2 5 等)、經嵌段聚合而改質者(改質基,例如導入COOH、CONH2 、COOR、C6 H5 等)等的聚乙烯醇之改質物。聚合度係以100~3000的範圍為佳。此等之中,以皂化度80~100%的未改質或是改質聚乙烯醇為佳,較佳為皂化度85~95%為未經改質之烷硫基改質聚乙烯醇。The modified polyvinyl alcohol may, for example, be a copolymerized reformer (modified base, for example, introduced COONa, Si(OX) 3 , N(CH 3 ) 3 .Cl, C 9 H 1 9 COO, SO 3 Na, C 1 2 H 2 5 or the like, which is modified by chain shift (modified base, for example, COONa, SH, SC 1 2 H 2 5 or the like), and polymerized by block polymerization (modified base, for example A modified product of polyvinyl alcohol such as COOH, CONH 2 , COOR, C 6 H 5 or the like is introduced. The degree of polymerization is preferably in the range of 100 to 3,000. Among these, an unmodified or modified polyvinyl alcohol having a saponification degree of 80 to 100% is preferred, and a saponification degree of 85 to 95% is preferably an unmodified alkylthio-modified polyvinyl alcohol.

配向膜中使用之改質聚乙烯醇係以下述通式(6)所表示之化合物與聚乙烯醇的反應物為佳。The modified polyvinyl alcohol used in the alignment film is preferably a reaction product of a compound represented by the following formula (6) and polyvinyl alcohol.

式中,R1 d 係表示無取代的烷基、或丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基或是經環氧基取代之烷基,W係表是鹵素原子、烷基或烷氧基,X1 d 係表示用於形成活性酯、酸酐或醯鹵用的必須原子群,I係表示0或1,n係表示0~4的整數。In the formula, R 1 d represents an unsubstituted alkyl group, or an acryl fluorenyl group, a methacryl fluorenyl group or an alkyl group substituted with an epoxy group, and the W series is a halogen atom, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, X 1 d represents a necessary atomic group for forming an active ester, an acid anhydride or a hydrazine halide, and I represents 0 or 1, and n represents an integer of 0 to 4.

又,配向膜中使用的改質聚乙烯醇,亦可為下述通式(7)所表示之化合物與聚乙烯醇的反應物。Further, the modified polyvinyl alcohol used in the alignment film may be a reaction product of a compound represented by the following formula (7) and polyvinyl alcohol.

式中,X2 d 係表示用於形成活性酯、酸酐或醯鹵用的必須原子群,m係表示2~24的整數。In the formula, X 2 d represents a necessary atomic group for forming an active ester, an acid anhydride or a hydrazine halide, and m represents an integer of 2 to 24.

用於與由上述通式(6)及通式(7)所表示之化合物進行反應中所使用的聚乙烯醇,可舉例如上述未經改質的聚乙烯醇及上述經共聚合改質者,亦即經鏈移動而改質者、經嵌段聚合之改質者等的聚乙烯醇之改質物。上述特定改質聚乙烯醇的較佳例係詳細記載於特開平8-338913號公報中。The polyvinyl alcohol used for the reaction with the compound represented by the above formula (6) and the formula (7) may, for example, be the above-mentioned unmodified polyvinyl alcohol and the above-mentioned copolymerized modifier. That is, a modified product of polyvinyl alcohol such as a person who has been modified by chain movement or a reformer that has been polymerized by a block polymerization. A preferred example of the above-described specific modified polyvinyl alcohol is described in detail in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 8-338913.

於配向膜使用聚乙烯醇等的親水性聚合物時,從硬膜度的觀點而言,控制含水率為佳,以0.4%~2.5%為佳、0.6%~1.6%為更佳。含水率可用市售的卡爾費歇法之水分率測定器進行測定。When a hydrophilic polymer such as polyvinyl alcohol is used as the alignment film, the moisture content is preferably controlled from the viewpoint of hard film degree, preferably 0.4% to 2.5%, more preferably 0.6% to 1.6%. The water content can be measured by a commercially available Karl Fischer method moisture rate meter.

此外,配向膜係為10微米以下的膜厚者為佳。Further, it is preferred that the alignment film is a film thickness of 10 μm or less.

[偏光板][Polarizer]

本發明的第2態樣中,可使用由偏光膜與挾持該偏光膜之一對保護膜所構成之偏光板。例如,由聚乙烯醇薄膜等所構成之偏光膜可使用於碘中染色、進行延伸、其兩面為積層保護薄膜所得之偏光板。使該偏光板配置於液晶胞的外側。由偏光膜與挾持該偏光膜之一對保護膜所構成之一對偏光板,係挾持液晶胞而配置者為佳。此外,上述之態樣中,配置於液晶胞側之保護膜亦可為本發明第2態樣之光學補償薄膜(透明薄膜)。In the second aspect of the present invention, a polarizing plate comprising a polarizing film and one of the polarizing films may be used. For example, a polarizing film composed of a polyvinyl alcohol film or the like can be used for dyeing and stretching in iodine, and the polarizing plate obtained by laminating the protective film on both sides thereof. The polarizing plate is disposed outside the liquid crystal cell. It is preferable that one of the polarizing film and the polarizing film is formed by the polarizing film and the polarizing film, and the polarizing plate is held by the liquid crystal cell. Further, in the above aspect, the protective film disposed on the liquid crystal cell side may be the optical compensation film (transparent film) of the second aspect of the invention.

(保護膜)(protective film)

本發明的第2態樣中可使用之偏光板亦可為在偏光膜的兩面積層一對保護膜(亦稱為保護薄膜)者。保護膜的種類係沒有特別地限制,可使用乙酸纖維素、乙酸丁酸纖維素、纖維素丙酸酯等的纖維素酯類,聚碳酸酯、聚烯烴、聚苯乙烯、聚酯等。在上述之態樣中,亦可使用滿足上述透明薄膜之光學特性的醯化纖維素薄膜來作為保護膜。The polarizing plate which can be used in the second aspect of the present invention may be a pair of protective films (also referred to as protective films) in the two-layer layer of the polarizing film. The type of the protective film is not particularly limited, and cellulose esters such as cellulose acetate, cellulose acetate butyrate, and cellulose propionate, polycarbonate, polyolefin, polystyrene, polyester, and the like can be used. In the above aspect, a deuterated cellulose film satisfying the optical characteristics of the above transparent film can also be used as the protective film.

保護膜一般係以輥形態供給,相對於長條狀的偏光膜,使其長度方向為一致的樣子而連續貼合為佳。此處,保護膜的配向軸(遲相軸)亦可為任何方向,從操作上的簡便性而言,保護膜的配向軸係平行於長度方向為佳。The protective film is generally supplied in the form of a roll, and it is preferable to continuously bond the long polarizing film so that the longitudinal direction thereof is uniform. Here, the alignment axis (slow phase axis) of the protective film may be in any direction, and the alignment axis of the protective film is preferably parallel to the longitudinal direction in terms of ease of handling.

對保護膜賦予光學補償能之情形中,在可見光區域之波長450nm中Re與Rth之比Re/Rth(450nm)係為波長550nm中Re/Rth(550nm)的0.39~0.95倍,且波長650nm中Re/Rth(650nm)係為波長550nm中Re/Rth(550nm)的1.04~2.20倍,透明薄膜之可見光區域的波長550nm中厚度方向之遲滯值Rth係以70nm~400nm為佳。In the case where optical compensation energy is applied to the protective film, the ratio of Re to Rth (450 nm) in the wavelength of 450 nm in the visible light region is 0.39 to 0.95 times the Re/Rth (550 nm) in the wavelength of 550 nm, and the wavelength is 650 nm. The Re/Rth (650 nm) is 1.04 to 2.20 times the Re/Rth (550 nm) at a wavelength of 550 nm, and the retardation value Rth in the thickness direction at a wavelength of 550 nm in the visible light region of the transparent film is preferably 70 nm to 400 nm.

另一方面,保護膜為不具有作為透明薄膜機能之態樣中,透明保護膜的遲滯值低者為佳,在偏光膜的穿透軸與透明保護膜的配向軸不為平行之態樣中,特別是透明保護膜的遲滯值為一定值以上時,由於偏光軸與透明保護膜的配向軸(遲相軸)為歪斜偏移,所以直線偏光變成楕圓偏光而為不佳。遲滯值低的高分子薄膜係使用如三乙酸纖維素、ZEONEX、ZEONOR(均為日本ZEON(股)製)、ARTON(JSR(股)製)般的聚烯烴類為佳。另外,舉例如特開平8-110402號公報或特開平11-293116號公報中所記載之非雙折射性光學樹脂材料。本態樣中,利用由支持體、與在該支持體上從液晶性化合物所構成之光學異方向性層所構成之積層體作為光補償層之情形下,保護膜亦兼備光學異方向性層的支持體。On the other hand, in the case where the protective film does not have a function as a transparent film, the hysteresis value of the transparent protective film is preferably low, and the alignment axis of the polarizing film and the alignment axis of the transparent protective film are not parallel. In particular, when the hysteresis value of the transparent protective film is equal to or greater than a certain value, since the alignment axis (late phase axis) of the polarizing film and the transparent protective film is skewed, the linearly polarized light becomes a circularly polarized light and is not preferable. The polymer film having a low hysteresis value is preferably a polyolefin such as cellulose triacetate, ZEONEX, ZEONOR (all manufactured by ZEON Co., Ltd.) or ARTON (manufactured by JSR Co., Ltd.). In addition, the non-birefringent optical resin material described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. In this aspect, in the case where a laminate composed of a support and an optically anisotropic layer composed of a liquid crystalline compound on the support is used as the light compensation layer, the protective film also has an optical anisotropic layer. Support body.

貼合保護膜與偏光膜之際,以至少一者保護膜(在組裝至液晶顯示裝置之際,配置於接近液晶胞側之保護膜)的遲相軸(配向軸)與上述偏光膜的吸收軸(延伸軸)成交叉的樣子,積層保護膜與偏光膜者為佳。具體地,偏光膜的吸收軸與上述保護膜的遲相軸之角度,較佳為10°~90°,較佳為20°~70°、更佳為40°~50°,特佳為43~47°。關於其他保護膜之遲相軸與偏光膜之吸收軸的角度係沒有特別地限制,可根據偏光板目的做適當設定,以在上述範圍者為佳,使一對保護膜的遲相軸成一致者為佳。When the protective film and the polarizing film are bonded, the retardation axis (alignment axis) and the polarizing film are absorbed by at least one of the protective films (the protective film disposed on the liquid crystal cell side when assembled to the liquid crystal display device) It is preferable that the shaft (extension axis) is formed in a cross shape, and a protective film and a polarizing film are laminated. Specifically, the angle of the absorption axis of the polarizing film and the slow axis of the protective film is preferably 10° to 90°, preferably 20° to 70°, more preferably 40° to 50°, and particularly preferably 43. ~47°. The angle between the slow axis of the other protective film and the absorption axis of the polarizing film is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately set according to the purpose of the polarizing plate, and it is preferable in the above range to make the retardation axes of the pair of protective films uniform. It is better.

此外,保護膜的遲相軸與偏光膜的吸收軸係互相平行時,防止偏光板的尺寸變化或捲曲之偏光板的機械安定性係為提升。偏光膜及一對保護膜之合計3個薄膜的至少2個軸、一方保護膜的遲相軸與偏光膜吸收軸、或者2片保護薄膜的遲相軸等係實質上平行的話,可得到相同的效果。Further, when the retardation axis of the protective film and the absorption axis of the polarizing film are parallel to each other, the dimensional stability of the polarizing plate or the mechanical stability of the curled polarizing plate is prevented from being improved. When at least two axes of the total of the three films of the polarizing film and the pair of protective films, the slow axis of one of the protective films, the absorption axis of the polarizing film, or the slow axis of the two protective films are substantially parallel, the same can be obtained. Effect.

《接著劑》"Binder"

偏光膜與保護膜的接著劑係沒有特別地限制,可舉例如PVA系樹脂(含有乙醯乙醯基、磺酸基、羧基、氧基伸烷基等的改質PVA)或硼化合物水溶液等,其中尤以PVA系樹脂為佳。接著劑層厚度係在乾燥後為0.01~10微米為佳、0.05~5微米為特佳。The adhesive film of the polarizing film and the protective film is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a PVA resin (modified PVA containing an ethyl acetonitrile group, a sulfonic acid group, a carboxyl group, or an alkyloxy group), or an aqueous solution of a boron compound. Among them, PVA resin is preferred. The thickness of the layer is preferably 0.01 to 10 μm after drying, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 μm.

《偏光膜與透明保護膜的一貫製造步驟》"The consistent manufacturing steps of polarizing film and transparent protective film"

可使用於本發明第2態樣之偏光板,在將偏光膜用薄膜延伸後,具有使其收縮、降低揮發分率之乾燥步驟,或在乾燥後或是乾燥中使至少單面貼合透明保護膜後、具有後加熱步驟為佳。上述透明保護膜係在兼具作為透明薄膜機能的光學異方向性層之支持體的態樣中,在單面貼合透明保護膜、在相反側貼合具有光學異方向性層之透明支持體後,進行後加熱者為佳。具體的黏著方法,係在薄膜的乾燥步驟中,於保持兩端之狀態下使用接著劑、將透明保護膜黏著至偏光膜,之後修邊兩端,或是在乾燥後,從兩端保持部解除偏光膜用薄膜,修邊薄膜兩端後,黏著透明保護膜等的方法。修邊的方法可使用如刃物等的切割機之切割方法、使用雷射之方法等一般的技術。經貼合後,為了使接著劑乾燥、及為了良化偏光性能之故,進行加熱為佳。加熱的條件係根據接著劑而有所不同,在水系之情形中為30℃以上為佳、更佳為40℃~100℃、更佳為50℃~90℃。此等步驟係以一貫的生產線而製造的話,性能上及生產效率上係為更佳。The polarizing plate used in the second aspect of the present invention may have a drying step of shrinking and lowering the volatility after stretching the film for a polarizing film, or at least one side may be transparent after drying or drying. After the protective film, it is preferred to have a post-heating step. In the aspect in which the transparent protective film is a support which is an optically anisotropic layer which functions as a transparent film, a transparent protective film is bonded to one side, and a transparent support having an optically anisotropic layer is bonded to the opposite side. After that, it is better to perform post-heating. The specific adhesion method is to use a bonding agent to adhere the transparent protective film to the polarizing film while maintaining the both ends, and then trim the two ends, or after drying, from the both ends of the film. A method of removing a film for a polarizing film, and affixing both ends of the film to adhere a transparent protective film. As a method of trimming, a general technique such as a cutting method of a cutting machine such as a blade or a method using a laser can be used. After bonding, it is preferred to heat the adhesive in order to dry the adhesive and to improve the polarizing performance. The heating conditions vary depending on the adhesive, and in the case of a water system, it is preferably 30 ° C or more, more preferably 40 ° C to 100 ° C, still more preferably 50 ° C to 90 ° C. These steps are better in terms of performance and productivity when manufactured in a consistent production line.

《偏光板的性能》"Performance of polarizing plates"

本發明的第2態樣中所使用的透明保護膜、偏光子、透明支持體所構成之偏光板的光學性質及耐久性(於短期、長期的保存性),係具有與市售的超高級對比品(例如,SUNRITZ股份有限公司製HLC2-5618等)同等以上的性能為佳。具體地,可見光穿透率係在42.5%以上,偏光度{(Tp-Tc)/(Tp+Tc)}1/2≧0.9995(式中,Tp為平行穿透率、Tc為正交穿透率),在60℃、濕度90%RH環境下放置500小時及在80℃、乾燥環境下放置500小時之情形的前後,光穿透率的變化率,基於絶對值為3%以下,更佳為1%以下,偏光度的變化率係基於絶對值為1%以下,更佳為0.1%以下。The optical properties and durability (short-term, long-term storage stability) of the polarizing plate composed of the transparent protective film, the polarizer, and the transparent support used in the second aspect of the present invention are commercially available as super advanced. Comparative products (for example, HLC 2-5618 manufactured by SUNRITZ Co., Ltd.) are preferably equal or higher. Specifically, the visible light transmittance is 42.5% or more, and the degree of polarization {(Tp-Tc) / (Tp + Tc)} 1/2 ≧ 0.9995 (where Tp is parallel penetration and Tc is orthogonal transmittance) The rate of change in light transmittance before and after being placed in an environment of 60 ° C, a humidity of 90% RH for 500 hours and at 80 ° C for 500 hours in a dry environment is based on an absolute value of 3% or less, more preferably 1 Below %, the rate of change in the degree of polarization is based on an absolute value of 1% or less, more preferably 0.1% or less.

實施例Example

以下,列舉實施例以進一步具體說明本發明。以下的實施例中所示之材料、試藥、比例、操作等係在不逃脫本發明的精神之範圍內可適當變更。但是,本發明的範圍係不受限於以下所示之實施例。Hereinafter, the examples are given to further illustrate the present invention. The materials, reagents, ratios, operations, and the like shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed without departing from the spirit of the invention. However, the scope of the invention is not limited to the embodiments shown below.

[實施例1-1][Example 1-1] <乙酸纖維素薄膜的製作><Production of cellulose acetate film>

將下述組成物投入混合槽,一邊加熱一邊攪拌,將各成分溶解,以調製乙酸纖維素溶液。The following composition was placed in a mixing tank, stirred while heating, and each component was dissolved to prepare a cellulose acetate solution.

乙酸纖維素溶液組成Cellulose acetate solution

醋化度60.7~61.1%的乙酸纖維素 100質量份磷酸三苯酯(可塑劑) 7.8質量份磷酸聯苯基二苯酯(可塑劑) 3.9質量份二氯甲烷(第1溶劑) 336質量份甲醇(第2溶劑) 29質量份1-丁醇(第3溶劑) 11質量份Degree of vinegar 60.7~61.1% cellulose acetate 100 parts by mass of triphenyl phosphate (plasticizer) 7.8 parts by mass of biphenyldiphenyl phosphate (plasticizer) 3.9 parts by mass of dichloromethane (first solvent) 336 parts by mass Methanol (second solvent) 29 parts by mass of 1-butanol (third solvent) 11 parts by mass

在其他的混合槽中,投入下述遲滯值上昇劑16質量份、二氯甲烷92質量份及甲醇8質量份,一邊加熱一邊攪拌,以調製遲滯值上昇劑溶液。在乙酸纖維素溶液474質量份中,混合遲滯值上昇劑溶液25質量份,充分攪拌以調製膠漿。遲滯值上昇劑的添加量,相對於乙酸纖維素100質量份,係6.0質量份。In the other mixing tank, 16 parts by mass of the following retardation value increasing agent, 92 parts by mass of dichloromethane, and 8 parts by mass of methanol were charged, and stirred while heating to prepare a hysteresis value rising agent solution. In 474 parts by mass of the cellulose acetate solution, 25 parts by mass of the hysteresis value rising agent solution was mixed, and the mixture was sufficiently stirred to prepare a dope. The amount of the hysteresis value-increasing agent added was 6.0 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the cellulose acetate.

遲滯值上昇劑 Hysteresis value riser

將所得的膠漿使用輸送帶延伸機進行流延。因在輸送帶上的膜面溫度為40℃,用70℃的溫風乾燥1分鐘,將來自輸送帶之薄膜用140℃的乾燥風乾燥10分鐘,以製作殘留溶劑量為0.3質量%的乙酸纖維素薄膜(厚度:80μm)。關於所製作的乙酸纖維素薄膜(透明支持體、透明保護膜),使用自動雙折射計(KOBRA 21ADH、王子計測機器(股)製)),測定在波長633nm中的Re遲滯值及Rth遲滯值。Re為8nm、Rth為78nm。把所製作的乙酸纖維素薄膜浸漬於2.0N的氫氧化鉀溶液(25℃)中2分鐘後,用硫酸中和、以純水來水洗,之後使其乾燥。然後,製作透明保護膜用乙酸纖維素薄膜。The resulting dope was cast using a conveyor belt extender. Since the film surface temperature on the conveyor belt was 40 ° C, it was dried by warm air at 70 ° C for 1 minute, and the film from the conveyor belt was dried by dry air at 140 ° C for 10 minutes to prepare acetic acid having a residual solvent amount of 0.3% by mass. Cellulose film (thickness: 80 μm). For the cellulose acetate film (transparent support, transparent protective film) to be produced, an automatic hysterometer (KOBRA 21ADH, manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.) was used to measure the Re hysteresis value and the Rth hysteresis value at a wavelength of 633 nm. . Re is 8 nm and Rth is 78 nm. The produced cellulose acetate film was immersed in a 2.0 N potassium hydroxide solution (25 ° C) for 2 minutes, neutralized with sulfuric acid, washed with pure water, and then dried. Then, a cellulose acetate film for a transparent protective film was produced.

<配向膜的形成><Formation of alignment film>

在該乙酸纖維素薄膜上,將下述組成之塗布液以#16的鋼絲棒材塗布機塗布成28mL/m2 。用60℃的溫風60秒、再用90℃的溫風150秒進行乾燥。其次,在所形成之膜上,使其配向成平行於乙酸纖維素薄膜的面內遲相軸(流延方向與平行方向)之方向般,實施摩擦處理(即,摩擦軸係與乙酸纖維素薄膜的遲相軸成平行)。On the cellulose acetate film, a coating liquid having the following composition was applied to 28 mL/m 2 with a wire rod coater of #16. The drying was carried out by using a warm air of 60 ° C for 60 seconds and then using a warm air of 90 ° C for 150 seconds. Next, rubbing treatment (i.e., friction shaft system and cellulose acetate) is performed on the formed film so as to be aligned parallel to the in-plane slow axis of the cellulose acetate film (casting direction and parallel direction). The slow phase axes of the films are parallel).

配向膜塗布液組成Orientation film coating composition

下述改質聚乙烯醇 20質量份水 360質量份甲醇 120質量份戊二醛(交聯劑) 1.0質量份The following modified polyvinyl alcohol 20 parts by mass of water 360 parts by mass of methanol 120 parts by mass of glutaraldehyde (crosslinking agent) 1.0 part by mass

改質聚乙烯醇 Modified polyvinyl alcohol

<光學異方向性層的形成><Formation of optical anisotropic layer>

在配向膜上,將下述圓盤狀(液晶性)化合物91.0g、環氧乙烷變成三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯(V#360、大阪有機化學(股)製)9.0g、乙酸丁酸纖維素(CAB551-0.2、伊士曼化學公司製)2.0g、乙酸丁酸纖維素(CAB531-1、伊士曼化學公司製)0.5g、光聚合起始劑(IRGACURE-907、CIBA-GEIGY公司製)3.0g、增感劑(Kayacure DETX、日本化藥(股)製)1.0g、含氟脂肪族基之共聚物(MEGAFAX F780大日本油墨(股)製)1.3g溶解於207g的甲基乙基酮之塗布液,以#3.6的鋼絲棒材塗布成6.2ml/m2 。將其於130℃的恆溫區加熱2分鐘,配向圓盤狀化合物。其次,在60℃的環境下使用120W/cm高壓水銀燈,照射1分鐘UV使圓盤狀化合物聚合。隨後,放冷至室溫。經由此等形成光學異方向性層,以製作光學補償片。On the alignment film, 91.0 g of the following disc-shaped (liquid crystal) compound and ethylene oxide were changed to trimethylolpropane triacrylate (V#360, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Co., Ltd.), and butyl acetate. Acid cellulose (CAB551-0.2, manufactured by Eastman Chemical Co., Ltd.) 2.0 g, cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB531-1, manufactured by Eastman Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.5 g, photopolymerization initiator (IRGACURE-907, CIBA-) 1.0 g of GEIGY Co., Ltd., 1.0 g of sensitizer (Kayacure DETX, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), and a copolymer of fluoroaliphatic group (manufactured by MEGAFAX F780 Dainippon Ink Co., Ltd.) 1.3 g dissolved in 207 g The coating liquid of methyl ethyl ketone was coated with a wire rod of #3.6 to 6.2 ml/m 2 . This was heated in a constant temperature zone at 130 ° C for 2 minutes to align the discotic compound. Next, a 120 W/cm high pressure mercury lamp was used in an environment of 60 ° C, and UV was irradiated for 1 minute to polymerize the disk-shaped compound. Then, let cool to room temperature. An optically anisotropic layer is formed by this or the like to fabricate an optical compensation sheet.

液晶性圓盤狀化合物(A) Liquid crystalline discotic compound (A)

在所製作之光學異方向性層中,圓盤狀液晶性化合物係以圓盤面與透明保護膜所成之角度(傾斜角)、從透明保護膜向空氣界面增加、以平均傾斜角37°來進行混雜配向。光學異方向性層係為沒有條紋等的缺陷之均一膜。所形成光學異方向性層的厚度係為1.7μm。傾斜角係藉由自動雙折射計(MKOBRA 21ADH、王子計測機器(股)製)而算出。In the optically anisotropic layer produced, the discotic liquid crystalline compound is formed at an angle (inclination angle) between the disk surface and the transparent protective film, and increases from the transparent protective film to the air interface at an average inclination angle of 37°. To carry out the hybrid alignment. The optically anisotropic layer is a uniform film having no defects such as streaks. The thickness of the optically anisotropic layer formed was 1.7 μm. The tilt angle was calculated by an automatic birefringence meter (MKOBRA 21ADH, manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.).

偏光板係為正交尼科耳配置、觀察所得光學補償片的不均時,及使從正面、及法線傾斜至60°的方向來觀察,亦檢查不出不均。When the polarizing plate was arranged in a crossed Nicols and the unevenness of the obtained optical compensation sheet was observed, and the direction was inclined from the front surface and the normal line to 60°, no unevenness was observed.

(偏光子的製作)(production of polarized photons)

將平均聚合度4000、皂化度99.8mol%的PVA溶解於水中,以得到4.0%的水溶液。該溶液係使用帶錐形的模頭進行輸送帶流延、乾燥,使其延伸前的寬為110mm且厚度係左端為120μm、右端為135μm般來進行製膜。PVA having an average degree of polymerization of 4000 and a degree of saponification of 99.8 mol% was dissolved in water to obtain a 4.0% aqueous solution. This solution was formed by casting and drying a conveyor belt using a tapered die to have a width of 110 mm before stretching and a thickness of 120 μm at the left end and 135 μm at the right end.

將該薄膜從輸送帶剝取下來,在乾燥狀態朝45度方向斜向延伸,照原樣在碘0.5g/L、碘化鉀50g/L的水溶液中、30℃下浸漬1分鐘,接著在硼酸100g/L、碘化鉀60g/L的水溶液中、70℃下浸漬5分鐘,然後在水洗槽以20度經10秒鐘水洗後,在80℃下乾燥5分鐘,以得到碘系偏光子。偏光子係寬為1340mm,厚度左右均為20μm。The film was peeled off from the conveyor belt, and stretched obliquely in a 45 degree direction in a dry state, and immersed in an aqueous solution of 0.5 g/L of iodine and 50 g/L of potassium iodide at 30 ° C for 1 minute, followed by 100 g of boric acid. L. An aqueous solution of potassium iodide 60 g/L was immersed at 70 ° C for 5 minutes, then washed with water at 20 degrees for 10 seconds in a water washing tank, and then dried at 80 ° C for 5 minutes to obtain an iodine-based polarizer. The polarizer has a width of 1340 mm and a thickness of about 20 μm.

在經延伸之聚乙烯醇薄膜,製作吸附碘之偏光膜,使用聚乙烯醇系接著劑,將所製作之光學補償片黏著於支持體面及偏光膜的單側。又,對厚度80μm之三乙酸纖維素薄膜(TD-80U、富士照相軟片(股)製)進行皂化處理,使用聚乙烯醇系接著劑,黏著至偏光膜的相反側。將偏光膜的吸收軸與光學補償片支持體的遲相軸(與流延方向成平行之方向)配置成垂直。經由此等以製作偏光板。A polarizing film for adsorbing iodine was prepared on the stretched polyvinyl alcohol film, and the optical compensation sheet produced was adhered to one side of the support surface and the polarizing film using a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive. Further, a cellulose triacetate film (TD-80U, manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 80 μm was subjected to a saponification treatment, and adhered to the opposite side of the polarizing film using a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive. The absorption axis of the polarizing film and the slow axis of the optical compensation sheet support (direction parallel to the casting direction) are arranged to be perpendicular. Thus, a polarizing plate is produced.

在所製作的TN晶胞中,將所製作的偏光板透過黏著劑在觀察者側及背光側各黏覆一片,使光學補償片形成在如液晶胞側般。此時,調整偏光板的吸收軸方向及光學補償片的配向控制方向,使其平行於對面之液晶胞的摩擦方向,以製作液晶顯示裝置。In the produced TN unit cell, the produced polarizing plate was adhered to each other on the observer side and the backlight side through an adhesive, so that the optical compensation sheet was formed on the liquid crystal cell side. At this time, the absorption axis direction of the polarizing plate and the alignment control direction of the optical compensation sheet were adjusted so as to be parallel to the rubbing direction of the opposite liquid crystal cell to fabricate a liquid crystal display device.

[實施例1-2][Example 1-2] (支持體的製作)(production of support)

將下述組成物投入混合槽,一邊加熱一邊攪拌,將各成分溶解,以調製乙酸纖維素溶液。The following composition was placed in a mixing tank, stirred while heating, and each component was dissolved to prepare a cellulose acetate solution.

在其他的混合槽中,投入下述遲滯值上昇劑16質量份、二氯甲烷80質量份及甲醇20質量份,一邊加熱一邊攪拌,調製遲滯值上昇劑溶液。In the other mixing tank, 16 parts by mass of the hysteresis-increasing agent, 80 parts by mass of dichloromethane, and 20 parts by mass of methanol were charged, and the mixture was stirred while heating to prepare a hysteresis-increasing agent solution.

在乙酸纖維素溶液464質量份中,混合遲滯值上昇劑溶液36質量份及矽石微粒子(R972、IRONZINE公司製)1.1質量份,充分地攪拌以調製膠漿。遲滯值上昇劑的添加量相對於乙酸纖維素100質量份,係為5.0質量份。又,矽石微粒子的添加量相對於乙酸纖維素100質量份,係為0.15質量份。In 464 parts by mass of the cellulose acetate solution, 36 parts by mass of the hysteresis-increasing agent solution and 1.1 parts by mass of vermiculite fine particles (R972, manufactured by IRONZINE Co., Ltd.) were mixed, and the mixture was sufficiently stirred to prepare a dope. The amount of the hysteresis value-increasing agent added was 5.0 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the cellulose acetate. Further, the amount of the fine particles of the vermiculite is 0.15 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the cellulose acetate.

所得的膠漿係使用具有寬2m且長度65m長度的輸送帶之流延機加以流延。因在輸送帶上的膜面溫度為40℃,經1分乾燥、剝取下來後,用140℃的乾燥風、使用拉幅機在寬方向進行28%延伸。之後,用135℃的乾燥風乾燥20分鐘,以製造殘留溶劑量為0.3質量%的透明支持體。The resulting paste was cast using a casting machine having a conveyor belt having a width of 2 m and a length of 65 m. Since the film surface temperature on the conveyor belt was 40 ° C, it was dried and peeled off after 1 minute, and then spread at a width of 140 ° C using a tenter at 28 ° in the width direction. Thereafter, it was dried by dry air at 135 ° C for 20 minutes to produce a transparent support having a residual solvent amount of 0.3% by mass.

透明支持體的寬為1340mm、厚度為46μm。The transparent support has a width of 1340 mm and a thickness of 46 μm.

將透明支持體在溫度20℃、相對濕度20%的條件下經2小時調溫、調濕,利用自動雙折射計(KOBRA 21ADH、王子計測機器(股)製),測定波長590nm中的遲滯值(Re)時為19.0nm。又,測定在波長59onm中的遲滯值(Rth)時為88nm。The transparent support was tempered and conditioned at a temperature of 20 ° C and a relative humidity of 20% for 2 hours, and the hysteresis value at a wavelength of 590 nm was measured by an automatic birefringence meter (KOBRA 21ADH, manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.). At (Re), it was 19.0 nm. Further, when the hysteresis value (Rth) at a wavelength of 59 onm was measured, it was 88 nm.

其次,將透明支持體在溫度10℃、相對濕度20%的條件下經2小時調溫、調濕,同樣地測定在波長633nm中的遲滯值(Re)時為18.9nm。又,測定在波長633nm中的遲滯值(Rth)時為87.6nm。Next, the transparent support was tempered and conditioned under conditions of a temperature of 10 ° C and a relative humidity of 20% for 2 hours, and the hysteresis value (Re) at a wavelength of 633 nm was measured in the same manner to be 18.9 nm. Further, when the hysteresis value (Rth) at a wavelength of 633 nm was measured, it was 87.6 nm.

在透明支持體的輸送帶面側,以10ml/m2 塗布1.0N的氫氧化鉀溶液(溶劑:水/異丙醇/丙二醇=69.2質量份/15質量份/15.8質量份),在約40℃的狀態保持30秒鐘後,刮取鹼液、用純水加以水洗,用刮刀削除水滴。隨後,在100℃乾燥15秒鐘。測定鹼處理面對於純水之接觸角時係為42°。在相同支持體上,塗布與實施例1-1所使用相同的光學異方向性層形成用塗布液,形成光學異方向性層後,以捲進捲出方式與偏光膜貼合,使塗布膜成為外側。其他的構成係與實施例1-1相同。On a conveyor belt side of the transparent support, a 1.0 N potassium hydroxide solution (solvent: water / isopropanol / propylene glycol = 69.2 parts by mass / 15 parts by mass / 15.8 parts by mass) was applied at 10 ml/m 2 at about 40 After the state of °C was maintained for 30 seconds, the lye was scraped off, washed with pure water, and the water droplets were removed with a spatula. Subsequently, it was dried at 100 ° C for 15 seconds. The contact angle of the alkali-treated surface with respect to pure water was measured to be 42°. On the same support, the same coating liquid for forming an optically anisotropic layer as that used in Example 1-1 was applied to form an optically anisotropic layer, and then bonded to a polarizing film by a roll-in/roll-out method to form a coating film. Become outside. The other configurations are the same as those in the embodiment 1-1.

[實施例1-3][Example 1-3]

製作與第1圖所示構成為同樣構成之液晶顯示裝置。即,從觀察方向(上)積層外側保護膜1、偏光膜3、支持體5、光學補償薄膜7、液晶胞9、液晶層11、下基板13、光學補償薄膜14、下側偏光板保護膜16、下側變偏光膜外保護膜20,然後對配置背光光源22所構成之液晶顯示裝置實施光學模擬,進行效果確認。光學計算係使用SHINTECH公司製的LCD Master Ver6.08。液晶胞或電極、基板、偏光板等係照以往用於液晶顯示器用的材料之值而使用。液晶胞的配向係上下基板均成預傾角3度、基板的晶胞間隙為5.2微米、液晶的遲滯值(即,記液晶層的厚度d(微米)與折射率異方向性△n的積△n.d)係在波長550nm為400nm、在波長633nm為385nm。光源係使用LCD Master所附屬的C光源。此外,第1圖構成之液晶顯示裝置中,背光與觀測者的關係即使上下調換亦可得到完全相同樣的結果。以上述條件變化支持體的Re及Rth來進行模擬,使支持體的Re及Rth變化以追蹤在下方向60°的對比變化舉動。A liquid crystal display device having the same configuration as that shown in Fig. 1 was produced. That is, the outer protective film 1, the polarizing film 3, the support 5, the optical compensation film 7, the liquid crystal cell 9, the liquid crystal layer 11, the lower substrate 13, the optical compensation film 14, and the lower polarizing plate protective film are laminated from the observation direction (upper). 16. The lower side of the polarizing film outer protective film 20 is subjected to optical simulation of the liquid crystal display device including the backlight source 22, and the effect is confirmed. The optical calculation system uses LCD Master Ver6.08 manufactured by SHINTECH. The liquid crystal cell or electrode, the substrate, the polarizing plate, and the like are used in accordance with the values of materials conventionally used for liquid crystal displays. The alignment of the liquid crystal cells is such that the upper and lower substrates have a pretilt angle of 3 degrees, the cell gap of the substrate is 5.2 μm, and the hysteresis value of the liquid crystal (that is, the product of the thickness d (micrometer) of the liquid crystal layer and the refractive index anisotropy Δn Δ N.d) is 400 nm at a wavelength of 550 nm and 385 nm at a wavelength of 633 nm. The light source is a C light source attached to the LCD Master. Further, in the liquid crystal display device having the first embodiment, even if the relationship between the backlight and the observer is changed up and down, the same result can be obtained. The Re and Rth of the support were changed under the above conditions to simulate, and the Re and Rth of the support were changed to follow the contrast change behavior of 60° in the downward direction.

第2圖係顯示於保護膜Re與Rth變化時在下方向60°的對比之值。同圖在25+Re(633)≦Rth≦250-Re(633)的時,對比為10以上,已知能得到高對比的特性。Fig. 2 is a graph showing a comparison value of 60° in the lower direction when the protective film Re and Rth are changed. When the graph is 25+Re (633) ≦ Rth ≦ 250-Re (633), the comparison is 10 or more, and it is known that high contrast characteristics can be obtained.

進行詳細計算時,在25+Re(633)≦Rth≦175+Re(633)且Rth≦250-Re(633)的範圍為佳。更詳細計算時,若在50+Re(633)≦Rth≦150+Re(633)且Rth≦150-Re(633)的話,已知在視野角80°能得到對比10以上。For detailed calculations, the range of 25+Re(633)≦Rth≦175+Re(633) and Rth≦250-Re(633) is preferred. In more detailed calculations, if 50+Re(633)≦Rth≦150+Re(633) and Rth≦150-Re(633), it is known that a comparison of 10 or more can be obtained at a viewing angle of 80°.

又,已知Re的絶對值為5nm以上、Re、Rth均為液晶層遲滯值△nd的二分之一以下為佳。Further, it is known that the absolute value of Re is 5 nm or more, and Re and Rth are preferably one-half or less of the liquid crystal layer hysteresis value Δnd.

[比較例1-1][Comparative Example 1-1]

實施例1-1中,使偏光膜的吸收軸與光學補償片支持體的遲相軸(流延方向與平行方向)成平行般進行配置。In Example 1-1, the absorption axis of the polarizing film and the slow axis (the casting direction and the parallel direction) of the optical compensation sheet support were arranged in parallel.

(對TN液晶胞的評價)(Evaluation of TN liquid crystal cells)

將使用TN型液晶胞之液晶顯示裝置(AQUOS LC20C1S、SHARP(股)製)中所設置的一對偏光板剝離下來,其液晶層的遲滯值、液晶的扭曲方向係使用SHINTECH(股)製廣泛使用之偏向解析裝置H33來加以測定。遲滯值為0.4μm左右,液晶胞係從光源側朝向顯示觀察側,從觀察側觀察時確認順時鐘方向旋轉約90°彎曲。取代剝取的偏光板,將實施例1-1、1-2所製作的偏光板與比較例1-1所製作的偏光板,透過黏著劑在觀察者側及背光側各黏覆一片,使光學補償薄膜在液晶胞側。A pair of polarizing plates provided in a liquid crystal display device (AQUOS LC20C1S, manufactured by SHARP) using TN liquid crystal cells are peeled off, and the hysteresis value of the liquid crystal layer and the twist direction of the liquid crystal are widely used by SHINTECH. The measurement was performed using the deflection analyzer H33. The hysteresis value was about 0.4 μm, and the liquid crystal cell line was viewed from the light source side toward the display observation side, and when viewed from the observation side, it was confirmed that the clockwise direction was rotated by about 90°. In place of the stripped polarizing plate, the polarizing plates produced in Examples 1-1 and 1-2 and the polarizing plate produced in Comparative Example 1-1 were adhered to each other on the observer side and the backlight side through an adhesive. The optical compensation film is on the liquid crystal cell side.

關於所製作的液晶顯示裝置係使用測定機(EZ-Contrast160D、ELDIM公司製),以從黑顯示(L0)至白顯示(L7)的8個階段測定視野角。關於實施例1-1~2、比較例1-1的液晶顯示裝置,對比為10以上之上下左右的視野角係如表1-1中所示。The liquid crystal display device produced was measured using a measuring machine (EZ-Contrast 160D, manufactured by ELDIM Co., Ltd.) at eight stages from black display (L0) to white display (L7). In the liquid crystal display devices of Examples 1-1 to 2 and Comparative Example 1-1, the viewing angles of 10 or more in the upper and lower directions are as shown in Table 1-1.

視野角:從對比10以上之顯示法線方向的極角角度下反轉角:L1與L2各亮度之值逆轉的角度Viewing angle: the angle of reversal from the polar angle of the display normal direction of 10 or more: the angle of the brightness of each of L1 and L2 is reversed

實施例1-1係為使用支持體的遲相軸與偏光膜的吸收軸成正交之偏光板之例,實施例1-2係為同樣地以捲進捲出方式製作支持體的遲相軸與偏光膜的吸收軸成正交之偏光板,並使用該偏光板之例。實施例1-3係如上述般,使用支持體的遲相軸與偏光膜的吸收軸成正交之偏光板的模型,藉由模擬,變化支持體的Re、Rth以追蹤對比的變化舉動之例。對比視野角係實施例1-1~1-4全部均為良好,但是使用支持體的遲相軸與偏光膜的吸收軸成正交之偏光板之例的實施例1-1~1-3,係已知對比視野角特別擴大。Example 1-1 is an example in which a polarizing plate in which a retardation axis of a support is orthogonal to an absorption axis of a polarizing film, and Example 1-2 is a late phase in which a support is produced by a roll-in/out method. A polarizing plate in which the axis and the absorption axis of the polarizing film are orthogonal to each other, and an example of the polarizing plate is used. In the embodiment 1-3, as in the above, a model of a polarizing plate in which the slow axis of the support is orthogonal to the absorption axis of the polarizing film is used, and the Re and Rth of the support are changed by the simulation to track the change of the contrast. example. Comparative Examples 1-1 to 1-4 All of Examples 1-1 to 1-4 were excellent, but Examples 1-1 to 1-3 in which a polarizing plate in which the slow axis of the support and the absorption axis of the polarizing film were orthogonal were used. It is known that the contrast viewing angle is particularly enlarged.

[實施例2-1][Example 2-1]

對第3圖所示構成之液晶顯示裝置實施光學模擬,進行效果的確認。光學計算係使用SHINTECH公司製的LCD Master Ver6.08。液晶胞或電極、基板、偏光板等係根據以往液晶顯示器用者來照原樣使用。液晶材料係使用附屬於LCD Master之ZLI-4792。液晶胞的配向係以預傾角4度形成平行配向的水平配向,基板的晶胞間隙為4微米,具有正介電率異方向性之液晶材料且液晶的遲滯值(即,記液晶層的厚度d(微米)與折射率異方向性△n的積△n.d)為395nm。偏光膜係使用附屬於LCD Master之G1220DU。將透明薄膜波長的Re及Rth之值,設定成表2-1的實施例2-1欄所示之值。又光學異方向性層的正面Re遲滯值設定為30nm。光源係使用附屬於LCD Master之Backlight光源。經由此等,實施例2-1的液晶顯示裝置係形成第3圖中所示之構成。但是,偏光膜51的穿透軸52與透明薄膜53的面內遲相軸53a之交叉角、及偏光膜61的穿透軸62與透明薄膜63的面內遲相軸63a之交叉角,係分別為0°。The liquid crystal display device having the configuration shown in Fig. 3 was subjected to optical simulation to confirm the effect. The optical calculation system uses LCD Master Ver6.08 manufactured by SHINTECH. The liquid crystal cell or electrode, the substrate, the polarizing plate, and the like are used as they are in the conventional liquid crystal display. The liquid crystal material is ZLI-4792 attached to the LCD Master. The alignment of the liquid crystal cells forms a horizontal alignment of parallel alignment at a pretilt angle of 4 degrees, the cell gap of the substrate is 4 micrometers, and the liquid crystal material having a positive dielectric anisotropy and hysteresis value of the liquid crystal (ie, the thickness of the liquid crystal layer) The product Δn.d) of d (micrometer) and the refractive index anisotropy Δn is 395 nm. The polarizing film is a G1220DU attached to the LCD Master. The values of Re and Rth of the transparent film wavelength were set to the values shown in the column of Example 2-1 of Table 2-1. Further, the front side Re hysteresis value of the optically anisotropic layer was set to 30 nm. The light source uses a Backlight source attached to the LCD Master. Thus, the liquid crystal display device of Example 2-1 was formed into the configuration shown in Fig. 3. However, the angle of intersection between the transmission axis 52 of the polarizing film 51 and the in-plane retardation axis 53a of the transparent film 53, and the intersection angle between the transmission axis 62 of the polarizing film 61 and the in-plane retardation axis 63a of the transparent film 63 are It is 0°.

<液晶顯示裝置的光漏及色度><Light leakage and chromaticity of liquid crystal display device>

對實施例2-1的液晶顯示裝置,施加正面的穿透率為最小之電壓、亦即是施加黑電壓,求得在此時的方位角270°、極角60°方向視野角中的黑顯示穿透率(%)。結果係如表2-1中所示。In the liquid crystal display device of Example 2-1, a voltage having a minimum front transmittance was applied, that is, a black voltage was applied, and black at an azimuth angle of 270° and a polar angle of 60° at a viewing angle was obtained. Shows the penetration rate (%). The results are shown in Table 2-1.

[實施例2-2~2-4][Example 2-2~2-4]

用與實施例2-1同樣的方法,設定為形成如表2-1中所示光學特性般透明薄膜之Re,Rth。除此之外,以完全與實施例2-1相同的方法,藉由LCD Master計算求得液晶顯示裝置的光學特性。In the same manner as in Example 2-1, Re and Rth were formed to form a transparent film having optical characteristics as shown in Table 2-1. Except for this, the optical characteristics of the liquid crystal display device were obtained by the LCD Master calculation in the same manner as in Example 2-1.

<液晶顯示裝置的光漏及色度的測定><Measurement of light leakage and chromaticity of liquid crystal display device>

對此等液晶顯示裝置,施加正面的穿透率為最小之電壓、亦即是施加黑電壓,求得在此時的方位角270°、極角60°方向視野角中的黑顯示穿透率(%)。結果係如表2-1中所示。In the liquid crystal display device, the voltage at which the front surface transmittance is the smallest, that is, the black voltage is applied, and the black display transmittance in the viewing angle of 270° in the polar angle and 60° in the polar angle is obtained. (%). The results are shown in Table 2-1.

[比較例2-1][Comparative Example 2-1]

用與實施例2-1同樣的方法,設定為形成如表2-1中所示光學特性般透明薄膜之Re,Rth。除此之外,以完全與實施例2-1相同的方法,藉由LCD Master計算求得液晶顯示裝置的光學特性。比較例2-1係為了與本發明第2態樣的效果比較,所以Re與Rth之比的Re/Rth係即使為450、550、650nm中任一波長,大致上亦為固定的。In the same manner as in Example 2-1, Re and Rth were formed to form a transparent film having optical characteristics as shown in Table 2-1. Except for this, the optical characteristics of the liquid crystal display device were obtained by the LCD Master calculation in the same manner as in Example 2-1. In Comparative Example 2-1, in comparison with the effect of the second aspect of the present invention, the Re/Rth ratio of the ratio of Re to Rth is substantially constant even at any wavelength of 450, 550, and 650 nm.

<液晶顯示裝置的光漏及色度的測定><Measurement of light leakage and chromaticity of liquid crystal display device>

對此等液晶顯示裝置,施加正面的穿透率為最小之電壓、亦即是施加黑電壓,求得在此時的方位角270°、極角60°方向視野角中的黑顯示穿透率(%)。結果係如表2-1中所示。In the liquid crystal display device, the voltage at which the front surface transmittance is the smallest, that is, the black voltage is applied, and the black display transmittance in the viewing angle of 270° in the polar angle and 60° in the polar angle is obtained. (%). The results are shown in Table 2-1.

根據表2-1所示之結果,將Re/Rth(450nm)為Re/Rth(550nm)的0.39~0.95倍,且Re/Rth(650nm)為Re/Rth(550nm)的1.04~2.20倍之本發明第2態樣的該液晶顯示裝置之實施例2-1~實施例2-4,全部與比較例2-1進行比較,已知在極角60°中黑顯示時的穿透率降低。又,根據表2-1的結果,在Re/Rth(450nm)係為Re/Rth(550nm)的0.56倍,且Re/Rth(650nm)為Re/Rth(550nm)的1.69倍時,可以理解其穿透率、色偏移係均為最小。According to the results shown in Table 2-1, Re/Rth (450 nm) is 0.39 to 0.95 times Re/Rth (550 nm), and Re/Rth (650 nm) is 1.04 to 2.20 times Re/Rth (550 nm). In the second to fourth embodiments of the liquid crystal display device of the second aspect of the present invention, all of them are compared with the comparative example 2-1, and it is known that the transmittance at the time of black display at a polar angle of 60° is lowered. . Further, according to the results of Table 2-1, when Re/Rth (450 nm) is 0.56 times Re/Rth (550 nm) and Re/Rth (650 nm) is 1.69 times Re/Rth (550 nm), it is understood that Its penetration rate and color shift are all minimal.

1...上側偏光板外側保護膜1. . . Upper polarizer outer protective film

2...上側偏光板外側保護膜遲相軸2. . . Upper side polarizer outer protective film slow phase axis

3...上側偏光板偏光膜3. . . Upper polarizing film

4...上側偏光板偏光膜吸收軸4. . . Upper polarizing plate polarizing film absorption axis

5...上側偏光板液晶胞側保護膜(支持體)5. . . Upper polarizing plate liquid crystal cell side protective film (support)

6...上側偏光板液晶胞側保護膜(支持體)遲相軸6. . . Upper polarizing plate liquid crystal cell side protective film (support) slow phase axis

7...上側光學異方向性層7. . . Upper optical anisotropic layer

8...上側光學異方向性層的支持體側之配向用摩擦方向8. . . Friction direction of the alignment of the support side of the upper optically anisotropic layer

9...液晶胞上側基板9. . . Liquid crystal cell upper substrate

10...上側基板液晶配向用摩擦方向10. . . The rubbing direction of the liquid crystal alignment of the upper substrate

11...液晶分子(液晶層)11. . . Liquid crystal molecule

12...下側基板液晶配向用摩擦方向12. . . Friction direction of liquid crystal alignment of lower substrate

13...液晶胞下側基板13. . . Liquid crystal cell side substrate

14...下側光學異方向性層14. . . Lower optical anisotropic layer

15...下側光學異方向性層的支持體側之配向用摩擦方向15. . . Friction direction of the alignment of the support side of the lower optical anisotropic layer

16...下側偏光板液晶胞側保護膜(支持體)16. . . Lower polarizing plate liquid crystal cell side protective film (support)

17...下側偏光板液晶胞側保護膜(支持體)遲相軸17. . . Lower polarizer liquid crystal cell side protective film (support) slow phase axis

18...下側偏光板偏光膜18. . . Lower polarizer film

19...下側偏光板偏光膜的吸收軸19. . . Absorption axis of polarizing film of lower polarizing plate

20...下側偏光板外側保護膜20. . . Lower polarizer outer protective film

21...下側偏光板外側保護膜遲相軸twenty one. . . Lateral polarizer outer protective film slow phase axis

22...背光twenty two. . . Backlight

51...偏光膜51. . . Polarizing film

52...穿透軸52. . . Penetration axis

53...透明薄膜53. . . Transparent film

53a...面內遲相軸53a. . . In-plane retardation axis

55...光學異方向性層55. . . Optical anisotropic layer

55a...液晶性化合物的分子對稱軸之偏光膜側(透明薄膜界面側)的配向平均方向55a. . . Orientation average direction of the polarizing film side (transparent film interface side) of the molecular symmetry axis of the liquid crystal compound

56...基板56. . . Substrate

57...液晶性分子57. . . Liquid crystalline molecule

58...基板58. . . Substrate

59...光學異方向性層59. . . Optical anisotropic layer

59a...液晶性化合物的分子對稱軸之偏光膜側(透明薄膜界面側)的配向平均方向59a. . . Orientation average direction of the polarizing film side (transparent film interface side) of the molecular symmetry axis of the liquid crystal compound

61...偏光膜61. . . Polarizing film

62...穿透軸62. . . Penetration axis

63...透明薄膜63. . . Transparent film

63a...面內遲相軸63a. . . In-plane retardation axis

73...光學異方向性層的透明支持體73. . . Transparent support of optical anisotropic layer

83...光學異方向性層的透明支持體83. . . Transparent support of optical anisotropic layer

第1圖係表示本發明第1態樣之該液晶顯示裝置的一例之概略圖。Fig. 1 is a schematic view showing an example of the liquid crystal display device of the first aspect of the present invention.

第2圖係表示兼具本發明第1態樣之該補償膜的支持體薄膜之Re、Rth與TN模式液晶胞之下方向對比關係之圖表。Fig. 2 is a graph showing the relationship between the Re and Rth of the support film of the compensation film according to the first aspect of the present invention and the direction of the liquid crystal cell under the TN mode.

第3圖係說明本發明第2態樣之該液晶顯示裝置的構成例之概略模式圖。Fig. 3 is a schematic view showing a configuration example of the liquid crystal display device according to a second aspect of the present invention.

第4圖係表示本發明第2態樣中所使用的透明薄膜之一例的光學特性之圖表。Fig. 4 is a graph showing optical characteristics of an example of a transparent film used in the second aspect of the present invention.

第5圖係在以往的液晶顯示裝置的一例中,用以說明入射光偏光狀態變化所使用的鮑英卡勒球之概略圖。Fig. 5 is a schematic view showing a Bowingka ball used for explaining a change in the polarization state of incident light in an example of a conventional liquid crystal display device.

第6圖係在本發明第2態樣之該液晶顯示裝置中,用以說明入射光偏光狀態變化所使用的鮑英卡勒球之概略圖。Fig. 6 is a schematic view showing a Bowingka ball used for explaining a change in the polarization state of incident light in the liquid crystal display device of the second aspect of the present invention.

第7圖係說明以往TN模式的液晶顯示裝置之構成例的概略模式圖。Fig. 7 is a schematic view showing a configuration example of a conventional liquid crystal display device of the TN mode.

1...上側偏光板外側保護膜1. . . Upper polarizer outer protective film

2...上側偏光板外側保護膜遲相軸2. . . Upper side polarizer outer protective film slow phase axis

3...上側偏光板偏光膜3. . . Upper polarizing film

4...上側偏光板偏光膜吸收軸4. . . Upper polarizing plate polarizing film absorption axis

5...上側偏光板液晶胞側保護膜(支持體)5. . . Upper polarizing plate liquid crystal cell side protective film (support)

6...上側偏光板液晶胞側保護膜(支持體)遲相軸6. . . Upper polarizing plate liquid crystal cell side protective film (support) slow phase axis

7...上側光學異方向性層7. . . Upper optical anisotropic layer

8...上側光學異方向性層的支持體側之配向用摩擦方向8. . . Friction direction of the alignment of the support side of the upper optically anisotropic layer

9...液晶胞上側基板9. . . Liquid crystal cell upper substrate

10...上側基板液晶配向用摩擦方向10. . . The rubbing direction of the liquid crystal alignment of the upper substrate

11...液晶分子(液晶層)11. . . Liquid crystal molecule

12...下側基板液晶配向用摩擦方向12. . . Friction direction of liquid crystal alignment of lower substrate

13...液晶胞下側基板13. . . Liquid crystal cell side substrate

14...下側光學異方向性層14. . . Lower optical anisotropic layer

15...下側光學異方向性層的支持體側之配向用摩擦方向15. . . Friction direction of the alignment of the support side of the lower optical anisotropic layer

16...下側偏光板液晶胞側保護膜(支持體)16. . . Lower polarizing plate liquid crystal cell side protective film (support)

17...下側偏光板液晶胞側保護膜(支持體)遲相軸17. . . Lower polarizer liquid crystal cell side protective film (support) slow phase axis

18...下側偏光板偏光膜18. . . Lower polarizer film

19...下側偏光板偏光膜的吸收軸19. . . Absorption axis of polarizing film of lower polarizing plate

20...下側偏光板外側保護膜20. . . Lower polarizer outer protective film

21...下側偏光板外側保護膜遲相軸twenty one. . . Lateral polarizer outer protective film slow phase axis

22...背光twenty two. . . Backlight

Claims (10)

一種液晶顯示裝置,其係具有:在至少一者含有電極且成對向配置的一對基板、設置於該基板間之液晶層、配置於該液晶層外側之第一偏光板的液晶顯示裝置,其中該液晶層的厚度d(μm)與折射率異方向性△n的積△n.d為0.2~1.2μm,該液晶層的配向狀態係經由施加至少2值以上的電場而變化,且在電場施加時與電場無施加時,對於該液晶層的該基板面之平均配向傾角係為不同,該第一偏光板係含有:偏光膜,挾持該偏光膜而配置的一對保護膜,位置接近於該保護膜外側之該液晶層側、固定成混雜配向狀態之圓盤狀化合物的光學異方向性層,該一對保護膜之中至少一者為滿足下述式(I)及(II)之液晶顯示裝置,(I)25+Re(633)≦Rth≦250-Re(633)[式中,Re(λ)為波長λnm中正面遲滯值(單位:nm)、Rth(λ)為波長λnm中膜厚方向的遲滯值(單位:nm),又d為膜的厚度],(II)5≦|Re(633)|。 A liquid crystal display device comprising: a pair of substrates including at least one electrode and arranged in a pair, a liquid crystal layer disposed between the substrates, and a first polarizing plate disposed outside the liquid crystal layer; Wherein the thickness d (μm) of the liquid crystal layer and the product of the refractive index anisotropy Δn Δn. d is 0.2 to 1.2 μm, and the alignment state of the liquid crystal layer is changed by applying an electric field of at least two or more values, and when no application is applied to the electric field when an electric field is applied, the average alignment angle of the substrate surface of the liquid crystal layer is Differently, the first polarizing plate includes a polarizing film, and a pair of protective films disposed to hold the polarizing film, and the optical device is positioned close to the liquid crystal layer on the outer side of the protective film, and is optically fixed to a discotic compound in a misaligned state. In the non-directional layer, at least one of the pair of protective films is a liquid crystal display device satisfying the following formulas (I) and (II), (I) 25+Re (633) ≦ Rth ≦ 250-Re (633) [wherein, Re(λ) is the front side hysteresis value (unit: nm) in the wavelength λnm, Rth(λ) is the hysteresis value (unit: nm) in the film thickness direction in the wavelength λnm, and d is the thickness of the film], ( II) 5≦|Re(633)|. 如申請專利範圍第1項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該液晶層的△nd與該保護膜至少一面的Re及Rth,在波長400~700nm中係滿足下述式(III)及(IV),(III)Rth≦△nd/2 (IV)Re≦△nd/2。 The liquid crystal display device of claim 1, wherein Δnd of the liquid crystal layer and Re and Rth of at least one side of the protective film satisfy the following formulas (III) and (IV) at a wavelength of 400 to 700 nm, ( III) Rth≦Δnd/2 (IV) Re≦Δnd/2. 如申請專利範圍第1項之液晶顯示裝置,其中接近該液晶層之保護膜遲相軸與該偏光膜吸收軸係成交叉。 The liquid crystal display device of claim 1, wherein a retardation axis of the protective film adjacent to the liquid crystal layer intersects the absorption axis of the polarizing film. 一種偏光板,其係具有:偏光膜,挾持該偏光膜而配置的一對保護膜,含有配置於該保護膜的外側、且固定成混雜配向狀態之圓盤狀化合物的光學異方向性層,該一對保護膜之中至少一者係滿足下述式(I)及(II),(I)25+Re(633)≦Rth≦250-Re(633)[式中,Re(λ)為波長λnm中正面遲滯值(單位:nm)、Rth(λ)為波長λnm中膜厚方向的遲滯值(單位:nm),又d為膜的厚度],(II)5≦|Re(633)|。 A polarizing plate comprising: a polarizing film; a pair of protective films disposed to hold the polarizing film; and an optical anisotropic layer disposed on the outer side of the protective film and fixed to a discotic compound in a mixed alignment state, At least one of the pair of protective films satisfies the following formulas (I) and (II), (I) 25+Re (633) ≦ Rth ≦ 250-Re (633) [wherein, Re(λ) is The front side hysteresis value (unit: nm) in the wavelength λnm, Rth(λ) is the hysteresis value (unit: nm) in the film thickness direction at the wavelength λnm, and d is the thickness of the film], (II) 5≦|Re(633) |. 如申請專利範圍第4項之偏光板,其中該偏光膜與該一對保護膜係以捲進捲出(roll to roll)來貼合而成。 The polarizing plate of claim 4, wherein the polarizing film and the pair of protective films are laminated by roll-to-roll. 一種光學補償薄膜,其係至少含有透明薄膜及在面內具有光學異方向性的光學異方向性層之光學補償薄膜,其中該透明薄膜的面內遲滯值為Re、厚度方向的遲滯值為Rth之情形中,在波長450nm中Re與Rth之比Re/Rth(450nm) 係為在波長550nm中Re/Rth(550nm)的0.39~0.95倍,在波長650nm中Re/Rth(650nm)係為Re/Rth(550nm)的1.04~2.20倍,且在波長550nm中Rth為70nm~400nm,該光學異方向性層係由含有液晶性化合物之組成物所形成,該光學異方向性層中,該液晶性化合物的分子係固定成配向狀態,且液晶性化合物之分子對稱軸的、至少該透明薄膜側界面中的配向平均方向,在該透明薄膜面內為正投影之方向時,與該透明薄膜的面內遲相軸之交叉角為大略0度或大略90度。 An optical compensation film comprising at least a transparent film and an optically anisotropic layer having an optically anisotropic layer in the plane, wherein the transparent film has an in-plane hysteresis value of Re and a thickness direction hysteresis value of Rth In the case of the ratio of Re to Rth at a wavelength of 450 nm, Re/Rth (450 nm) It is 0.39 to 0.95 times Re/Rth (550 nm) at a wavelength of 550 nm, Re/Rth (650 nm) is 1.04 to 2.20 times Re/Rth (550 nm) at a wavelength of 650 nm, and Rth is 70 nm at a wavelength of 550 nm. ~400 nm, the optically anisotropic layer is formed of a composition containing a liquid crystal compound in which a molecular system of the liquid crystal compound is fixed in an alignment state, and a molecular symmetry axis of the liquid crystal compound At least the alignment average direction in the transparent film side interface, when the direction of the orthographic projection in the transparent film surface is opposite to the in-plane slow axis of the transparent film, is substantially 0 degree or substantially 90 degrees. 如申請專利範圍第6項之光學補償薄膜,其中該液晶性化合物為圓盤狀液晶性化合物。 The optical compensation film of claim 6, wherein the liquid crystalline compound is a discotic liquid crystalline compound. 一種液晶顯示裝置,其特徵係包括:液晶胞,其具有:至少一者具有電極、成對向配置之一對基板,挾持於該一對基板間、含有向列液晶材料、在非驅動時該向列液晶材料的液晶分子相對於該一對基板的表面係成略平行配向、厚度d(微米)與折射率異方向性△n的積△n.d為0.1~1.5微米之液晶層;挾持該液晶胞所配置的第一及第二偏光膜;及在該第一及第二偏光膜的至少一面與該液晶胞之間具有透明薄膜,該透明薄膜的面內遲滯值為Re、厚度方向的遲滯值為Rth之情形中,在波長450nm中Re與Rth之比Re/Rth(450nm)係為在波長550nm中Re/Rth(550nm)的0.39~0.95倍, 在波長650nm中Re/Rth(650nm)係為Re/Rth(550nm)的1.04~2.20倍,且在該透明薄膜的波長550nm中Rth為70nm~400nm,在該透明薄膜與該液晶胞之間具有至少1層的光學異方向性層,該光學異方向性層係由含有液晶性化合物之組成物所形成,該光學異方向性層中,該液晶性化合物的分子係固定成配向狀態,且液晶性化合物之分子對稱軸的、至少該透明薄膜側界面中的配向平均方向,在該透明薄膜面內為正投影之方向時,與該透明薄膜的面內遲相軸之交叉角為大略0度或大略90度。 A liquid crystal display device characterized by comprising: a liquid crystal cell having at least one electrode and a pair of substrates arranged in opposite directions, sandwiched between the pair of substrates, containing a nematic liquid crystal material, and when not driven The liquid crystal molecules of the nematic liquid crystal material have a product of a slightly parallel alignment, a thickness d (micrometer) and a refractive index anisotropy Δn with respect to the surface of the pair of substrates Δn. d is a liquid crystal layer of 0.1 to 1.5 μm; holding the first and second polarizing films disposed on the liquid crystal cell; and having a transparent film between at least one side of the first and second polarizing films and the liquid crystal cell, the transparent In the case where the in-plane hysteresis value of the film is Re and the hysteresis value in the thickness direction is Rth, the ratio of Re to Rth (450 nm) at a wavelength of 450 nm is 0.39 of Re/Rth (550 nm) at a wavelength of 550 nm. 0.95 times, Re/Rth (650 nm) is 1.04 to 2.20 times of Re/Rth (550 nm) at a wavelength of 650 nm, and Rth is 70 nm to 400 nm at a wavelength of 550 nm of the transparent film, between the transparent film and the liquid crystal cell. At least one optically anisotropic layer formed of a composition containing a liquid crystal compound in which the molecular system of the liquid crystalline compound is fixed in an alignment state and liquid crystal The orientation average direction of the molecular symmetry axis of the compound at least in the transparent film side interface, when the direction of the orthographic projection in the plane of the transparent film, the intersection angle with the in-plane slow axis of the transparent film is substantially 0 degree Or roughly 90 degrees. 如申請專利範圍第8項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該液晶性化合物為圓盤狀液晶性化合物。 The liquid crystal display device of claim 8, wherein the liquid crystalline compound is a discotic liquid crystalline compound. 如申請專利範圍第8或9項之液晶顯示裝置,其中該液晶胞為TN模式的液晶胞。The liquid crystal display device of claim 8 or 9, wherein the liquid crystal cell is a liquid crystal cell of a TN mode.
TW095108890A 2005-03-17 2006-03-16 Optical compensation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display TWI412843B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2005076366A JP2006259210A (en) 2005-03-17 2005-03-17 Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
JP2005083150A JP4647358B2 (en) 2005-03-23 2005-03-23 Optical compensation film and liquid crystal display device

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200702845A TW200702845A (en) 2007-01-16
TWI412843B true TWI412843B (en) 2013-10-21

Family

ID=37632517

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW095108890A TWI412843B (en) 2005-03-17 2006-03-16 Optical compensation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display

Country Status (2)

Country Link
KR (1) KR20060101346A (en)
TW (1) TWI412843B (en)

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101315530B1 (en) 2011-09-30 2013-10-08 다이니폰 인사츠 가부시키가이샤 Liquid crystal display device and polarizer protective film
TWI708075B (en) * 2015-09-18 2020-10-21 日商住友化學股份有限公司 Composite polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display panel using such composite polarizing plate
JP2017102443A (en) * 2015-11-20 2017-06-08 日東電工株式会社 Optical laminated body and organic electroluminescence display device using same
DE102021202769A1 (en) * 2021-03-22 2022-09-22 Carl Zeiss Smt Gmbh Optical assembly and method for its manufacture, method for deforming an optical element and projection exposure system

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001116926A (en) * 1999-10-21 2001-04-27 Konica Corp Protective film of polarizing plate, method of producing protective film of polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP2002131536A (en) * 2000-10-20 2002-05-09 Konica Corp Protective film for polarizing plate, method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
US6503581B1 (en) * 1999-10-21 2003-01-07 Konica Corporation Optical film and liquid crystal display using the same
TW523612B (en) * 2000-04-25 2003-03-11 Teijin Ltd Optical film
JP2003114330A (en) * 2001-08-02 2003-04-18 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Optical compensation sheet
US20030156235A1 (en) * 2002-01-09 2003-08-21 Noriyasu Kuzuhara Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display employing the same
JP2003279729A (en) * 2002-03-20 2003-10-02 Konica Corp Retardation film and method for manufacturing the same, polarization plate, liquid crystal display and optical compensation film
JP2003302503A (en) * 2002-01-09 2003-10-24 Konica Minolta Holdings Inc Antireflection film for artificial illumination, method of forming antireflection layer for artificial illumination, polarizing plate for artificial illumination, display device and antireflection method for display device

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2001116926A (en) * 1999-10-21 2001-04-27 Konica Corp Protective film of polarizing plate, method of producing protective film of polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
US6503581B1 (en) * 1999-10-21 2003-01-07 Konica Corporation Optical film and liquid crystal display using the same
TW523612B (en) * 2000-04-25 2003-03-11 Teijin Ltd Optical film
JP2002131536A (en) * 2000-10-20 2002-05-09 Konica Corp Protective film for polarizing plate, method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2003114330A (en) * 2001-08-02 2003-04-18 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Optical compensation sheet
US20030156235A1 (en) * 2002-01-09 2003-08-21 Noriyasu Kuzuhara Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display employing the same
JP2003302503A (en) * 2002-01-09 2003-10-24 Konica Minolta Holdings Inc Antireflection film for artificial illumination, method of forming antireflection layer for artificial illumination, polarizing plate for artificial illumination, display device and antireflection method for display device
JP2003279729A (en) * 2002-03-20 2003-10-02 Konica Corp Retardation film and method for manufacturing the same, polarization plate, liquid crystal display and optical compensation film

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20060101346A (en) 2006-09-22
TW200702845A (en) 2007-01-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP4284221B2 (en) Liquid crystal display
JP2008250234A (en) Liquid crystal display
JP4667109B2 (en) Optical compensation film and liquid crystal display device
TWI409509B (en) Optical compensation film, process for the production thereof and polariaing plate and liquid crystal display device using it
JP2005331909A (en) Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2007187910A (en) Liquid crystal display
JP2007156459A (en) Optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
TWI412843B (en) Optical compensation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
TWI356212B (en) Optical compensation film, liquid crystal display
JP2009020495A (en) Liquid crystal display
JP2009086379A (en) Optical compensation film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP4684047B2 (en) Optical compensation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
TWI403754B (en) Optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP4813217B2 (en) Optical compensation film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP2007079347A (en) Optical film, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP2006235578A (en) Liquid crystal display apparatus
JP2005202212A (en) Liquid crystal display device and elliptically polarizing plate
JP2006243179A (en) Liquid crystal display device
JP2013109334A (en) Liquid crystal display device
JP2007047697A (en) Liquid crystal display
JP2003232923A (en) Optical compensation film, elliptically polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
JP2007272136A (en) Liquid crystal display
JP2006235580A (en) Liquid crystal display device and elliptical polarizing plate
JP4845479B2 (en) Liquid crystal display
JP2004258602A (en) Liquid crystal display and polarizing plate

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees